187
Since 1922: Our experience is your success 11

11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

Since 1922: Our experience is your success

11

Page 2: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

Visit us at www.marienfeld-superior.com

Our website offers you: • updated information and the presentation of news • access to comprehensive product information by convenient search function entering keywords or item number • download of catalogue, certificates, instruction manuals, safety data sheet etc. • contact details of our specialist dealers in your area

1

Page 3: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

2

www.marienfeld-superior.comAbout us

Paul Marienfeld GmbH & Co. KGOur company was founded in 1922 by Paul Marienfeld in Thuringia and since that date the company is owned by the Marienfeld family. In 1955, the com-pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute our products from Lauda-Königshofen to more than 100 countries worldwide.

Since 1922: Our experience is your successOur comprehensive range of quality laboratory glassware like microscope slides, cover glasses, counting chambers, capillary tubes, laboratory con- tainers and volumetric glassware has made our name and our brand renowned internationally. Many products made of plastics and porcelain for the general laboratory work complement our range of laboratory glassware.

The brand Marienfeld Superior has become a synonym for quality and reliability. Our experience of more than 88 years in developing and producing laboratory glassware will be your success, too.

Your advantagesShort delivery timesWe stock a large amount of inventory for our customers in our high bay ware-house with over 1500 storing positions and 3000 shelves. In our catalogue arrows indicate products that are, usually, available on short notice even in large quantities.

SecurityAccording to the EU directive 98/79/EC for in-vitro diagnostic products (IVD) the packing of IVD products bears the CE-mark, the production lot number and a recommended best before date for those products with a limited shelf life. This ensures the traceability of our IVD products and serves as comprehensive costumers’ information, too.

QualityOur quality management is certified by DEKRA Certification Services acc. to DIN EN ISO 9001:2008. A quality control which accompanies the entire pro-duction process and stringent final checks ensure that our customers only receive items of the highest quality.

CERTIFICATE ISO 9001:2008

hereby certifies that the company

Paul Marienfeld GmbH & Co. KG

business field: Development and production of laboratory glassware, slides and coverglasses for

microscopy and distribution of products for laboratorieslocation:

Am Wöllerspfad 4 * D-97922 Lauda-Königshofen

has successfully implemented the above mentioned quality management system according to the standard (11/2008) and applies it effectively. The conformity was inspected during the surveillance audit documented

in audit report no. A08031246. This certificate is only valid in connection with the successful performance of the surveillance audits.

Date of the first certification: 09.12.1998

Date of the last certification: 25.08.2008

This certificate is valid until: 24.08.2011

Certificate registration no.: 31298871/4

Last audit day: 03.07.2008

duplicate

DEKRA Certification GmbH Stuttgart, 07.08.2009 QMS-TGA-ZM-05-91-00

Page 4: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

www.marienfeld-superior.com

3

About us

Service and worldwide presenceBenefit from our worldwide distribution network and our service. Marienfeld products are available in more than 100 countries. We will have pleasure in informing you of a suitable distribution partner near you.

Our service is at your disposal:E-mail: [email protected]: +49 9343 6272 - 0Fax: +49 9343 6272 - 25Internet: www.marienfeld-superior.com We look forward to assisting you.

Paul Marienfeld GmbH & Co. KGAm Woellerspfad 497922 Lauda-KoenigshofenGermany

V.A.T. ID-No.:DE 811479105

Bank:Deutsche Bank, WürzburgRouting No.: 790 700 16Account No.: 1300 888

SWIFT: DEUT DE MM 790

IBAN:DE 95 7907 0016 0130 0888 00

We are located in the south of Germany and in the middle of Europe.

Page 5: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

4

www.marienfeld-superior.comInteresting facts

► This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Unit This represents the packaging unit. Please take this into consideration by ordering complete units or a multiple of these. In general, this “unit” is the minimum order quantity also. Deviations are indicated in the product descriptions and the price-list. If ”unit” is not indicated the packaging is not specified.

Multipack This additional information indicates the contents of a bigger large-size package. If ”multipack” is not indicated this packaging is not specified.

IVD directive On 7th December 2003, the European directive 98/79/EC about in-vitro diagnostic products became effective. Those products, which are considered to be IVD products and not general laboratory supplies, bear the CE -mark. All IVD products must be traceable up to the consumer in case of any recall. Therefore, all our customers who are purchasing CE -marked products and distributing them within the area of application of this IVD directive oblige themselves to ensure the required traceability up to their direct customers in order to be able to inform them of a call-back within 12 hours.

We assume no responsibility for misprints or errors. Product details, units and design are subject to technical alterations without notice. All measurements without indication of tolerances are approximate. Pictures serve the purpose of visualization and may not correspond exactly to the described product.

Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form the basis of all our sales.

Copyright by Paul Marienfeld GmbH & Co. KG

Page 6: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

5

www.marienfeld-superior.comInteresting facts

manufacturer, company responsible for placing on market

disposable item, for single use only

glass, fragile

to be protected against humidity

product number

batch number

recommended best use before date

DIN ISO regulation

subject to CE -prescriptions

subject to IVD-prescriptions

approximately

Product details: e. g. size, type, packing

Barcode: contains product and batch number

SymbolsOn labels and/or packaging:

Page 7: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

6

www.marienfeld-superior.comGlass

Technical information glass

This glass is used for microscope slides for its surfaces' properties.Due to his high linear coefficient of expansion it does not withstand thermal shocks.

This glass is highly resistant against acids and alkali and perfectly suitable for microscope cover glasses. Due to his high linear coefficient of expansion it does not withstand thermal shocks.

This glass is more resistant to variations of temperature than soda lime glass and D 263TM M.

This glass is perfectly suitable for high quality measuring instruments as it is highly resistant against acids and alkali. Due to its small linear coefficient of expansion it withstands thermal shocks very well.

Soda lime glass Borosilicate glass Borosilicate glass Borosilicate glass D 263TM M 5.1 3.3

Linear expansioncoefficient approx.: 9 x 10-6 x K-1 7 x 10-6 x K-1 4.9 x 10-6 x K-1 3.3 x 10-6 x K-1 Autoclavable: yes yes yes yes Hydrolytic resistance(DIN ISO 719): class 3 class 1 class 1 class 1 Acid resistance(DIN 12 116): class 3 class 2 class 1 class 2 Alkali resistance(DIN ISO 695): class 2 class 2 class 2 class 1

Soda lime glass

Borosilicate glass D 263TM M

Borosilicate glass 5.1

Borosilicate glass 3.3

Page 8: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

7

www.marienfeld-superior.com

* Please observe chemical and temperature resistance.

** Labware should be carefully cleaned and rinsed with distilled water before sterilization. Please always remove covers from containers.

Plastics

Technical information plastics

Abbreviations of the described plastics acc. to DIN 7728

ABS Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene

ETFE Ethylene-Tetrafluoroethylene copolymer

PBT Polybutylene terephthalate

PE-HD Polyethylene high density

PE-LD Polyethylene low density

PMP Polymethylpentene

POM Polyoxymethylene

PP Polypropylene

PS Polystyrene

PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene

PVC Polyvinylchloride

Max. operating Microwave Autoclavable** Hot air sterilization** temperature suitability* at 121 °C te 20 min per DIN at 160 °C (dry)

ABS 100 °C no no no ETFE 150 °C yes yes no PBT 180 °C yes yes yes PE-HD 105 °C yes no no PE-LD 80…90 °C yes no no PMP 150 °C yes yes no POM 130 °C no yes no PP 125 °C yes yes no PS 70 °C no no no PTFE 300 °C yes yes yes PVC 80 °C no no no

Pic

ture

spr

ing:

foto

lia ·

U. B

akun

owic

h

Page 9: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

8

www.marienfeld-superior.comInsights

Page 10: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

9

www.marienfeld-superior.comIndex

Information 1 - 9

Microscopy & accessories 10 - 49

Blood testing 50 - 79

Volumetric instruments 80 - 109

Laboratory containers 110 - 145

Laboratory equipment 146 - 167

Liquid Handling 168 - 181

Index 182 - 184

Page 11: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U
Page 12: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

List of contents

Cover glass forcepsCover glasses, for counting chambers

Cover glasses, ounce packingCover glasses, siliconized

Cover glasses, high precision No. 1.5HCover glasses, standard

Cover slip liftersDispensers & racks for micro slides

Embedding cassettesHistofluid mounting medium

Information on cover glass D 263TM MInformation on our microscope slides

Inoculation loopsLaboratory markers

LCP sandwich setMailing containers for pathology

Microflocculation platesMicroscope slides, adhesion

Microscope slides, HistoBond®, HistoBond®+Microscope slides, special size

Microscope slides, UniMark®

Microscope slides, variousMicroscope slides, with cavities

Microscope slides, with reaction wellsNeedle holders acc. to Kolle

Petri dishesPreparation pasteboards & tables

Slide mailersSpatula Drigalski

Staining bridges & traysStaining jars, various

Staining plates, variousStoring boxes for microscope slides

Vials for pathologyWriting diamonds

page

191918151614-15184148-49201322-2346303442383531-32272824273646454342464139-4037-38444730

11

1Microscopy & accessories

New

New

New

New

Page 13: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

12

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

Page 14: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

www.marienfeld-superior.com

13

1Microscopy & accessories

D 263TM M Cover glassD 263™ M is a clear borosilicate glass that is produced by a draw-down method. This allows for very thin thicknesses between 0.10 and 0.21 mm.

D 263™ M is used as a cover glass for microscopic analyses and complies to the requirements of ISO 8255-1. The low au-tofluorescence and the chemical resistance are preconditions for reliable research results.

• high spectral transmission • virtually colourless appearance • excellent optical quality • low flatness deviations • good chemical resistance • refractive index fine-tuned to microscopes • low autofluorescence • protective coating facilitates automated separation of individual

coverglasses in coverslippers • complies precisely with the set thickness tolerances • persistency at changing climatic conditions • low alkaline strength enables good cell growth

Applications Features

Light and fluorescence microscopy,especially in medical and biological science.

Technical data acc. to Schott AG:

Light transmission ƬvD65 (d = 0.15 mm) 91.7 % (± 0.1 %)

Coefficient of mean linear thermal expansion 7.2 · 10-6 K-1 α (20 °C; 300 °C) (static measurement)

Transformation temperature Tg 557 °C

Dielectric constant εr at 1 MHz 6.7

Refractive index nD 1.5230

Refractive index ne 1.5255

Abbe value ve 55

Density ρ (annealed at 40 °C/h) 2.51 g/cm3

Page 15: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

14

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

Cover glasses thickness No. 1Marienfeld Superior cover glasses feature an excellent flatness and smooth surfaces thanks to the best material. No cover glasses made of soda lime glass match the quality of our borosilicate glass coverslips. Even when archived for years preparations keep their optical quality thanks to our non-corroding glass and the particularly low tolerance of the material thickness. Our precise machining processes make sure that our coverslips have the ex-act size and their edges are cut with high precision. All of our efficient proces-ses include a stringent, integrated quality control and thus ensure high quality coverslips which do not stick together.

Our coverslips are ready for use and well suited for application in automated coverslippers. All these characteristics result in significant advantages for the user.

• made of chemically resistant borosilicate glass D 263™ M of the first hydrolytic class • absolutely colourless, perfectly clear, suitable for fluorescence microscopy • in compliance with DIN ISO 8255 • thickness No. 1 (0.13 to 0.16 mm) • in boxes made of plastic, 10 boxes in a carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Size Multipack Unit

Two-part boxes containing 100 pieces

01 010 00 12 x 12 mm 150 x 1000 100001 010 10 15 x 15 mm 100 x 1000 100001 010 20 16 x 16 mm 100 x 1000 100001 010 30 18 x 18 mm 100 x 1000 100001 010 40 20 x 20 mm 100 x 1000 100001 010 50 22 x 22 mm 75 x 1000 100001 010 60 24 x 24 mm 75 x 1000 1000

Hinged lid boxes containing 200 or 100 pieces

01 010 52 22 x 22 mm 25 x 2000 200001 010 62 24 x 24 mm 25 x 2000 200001 010 92 21 x 26 mm 25 x 2000 2000

01 011 02 22 x 30 mm 25 x 1000 100001 011 12 22 x 32 mm 25 x 1000 100001 011 22 22 x 40 mm 25 x 1000 100001 011 42 22 x 50 mm 25 x 1000 100001 011 52 22 x 60 mm 25 x 1000 1000

01 011 72 24 x 32 mm 25 x 1000 100001 011 82 24 x 36 mm 25 x 1000 100001 011 92 24 x 40 mm 25 x 1000 100001 012 02 24 x 46 mm 25 x 1000 100001 012 12 24 x 48 mm 25 x 1000 100001 012 22 24 x 50 mm 25 x 1000 100001 012 32 24 x 55 mm 25 x 1000 100001 012 42 24 x 60 mm 25 x 1000 1000

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Page 16: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

15

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cover glasses thickness No. 1 circular • made of chemically resistant borosilicate glass D 263™ M of the first

hydrolytic class • absolutely colourless, perfectly clear, suitable for fluorescence microscopy • in compliance with DIN ISO 8255 • thickness No. 1 (0.13 to 0.16 mm) • in two-part plastic boxes containing 100 pieces, 10 boxes in a carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Size Multipack Unit

01 115 00 10 mm Ø 150 x 1000 100001 115 20 12 mm Ø 150 x 1000 100001 115 30 13 mm Ø 150 x 1000 100001 115 40 14 mm Ø 150 x 1000 100001 115 50 15 mm Ø 100 x 1000 100001 115 60 16 mm Ø 100 x 1000 100001 115 80 18 mm Ø 100 x 1000 100001 116 00 20 mm Ø 100 x 1000 100001 116 20 22 mm Ø 75 x 1000 100001 116 40 24 mm Ø 75 x 1000 100001 116 50 25 mm Ø 75 x 1000 100001 117 00 30 mm Ø in cardboard boxes of 100 pieces 1000

For other sizes and packaging, please send us your enquiry.

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cover glasses thickness No. 1 siliconized • made of chemically resistant borosilicate glass D 263™ M of the first

hydrolytic class • absolutely colourless, perfectly clear, suitable for fluorescence microscopy • with super hydrophobic surfaces • both sides siliconized • thickness No. 1 (0.13 to 0.16 mm) • in two-part boxes made of plastic containing 100 pieces, 10 boxes in a carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Size Multipack Unit

08 950 02 12 mm Ø 150 x 1000 100008 950 12 18 mm Ø 100 x 1000 100008 950 22 22 mm Ø 75 x 1000 1000

08 952 02 12 x 12 mm 150 x 1000 100008 952 22 18 x 18 mm 100 x 1000 100008 952 42 22 x 22 mm 75 x 1000 1000

New

Page 17: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

16

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Size Multipack Unit

Hinged lid boxes containing 200 or 100 piecesMinimum quantity is 2000 pieces per size and order.01 070 32 18 x 18 mm 25 x 2000 200001 070 52 22 x 22 mm 25 x 2000 200001 072 22 24 x 50 mm 25 x 1000 100001 072 42 24 x 60 mm 25 x 1000 1000

Two-part boxes containing 100 pieces Minimum quantity is 1000 pieces per order.

01 175 80 18 mm Ø 100 x 1000 1000

Precision cover glasses thickness No. 1.5Hfor high performance microscopesModern high-performance microscope objectives are designed to be used with cover glasses of a thickness of 170 µm. The quality of the cover glass, in particular the compliance with the nominal thickness, has thereby a crucial im-pact on the imaging quality. Variations of thickness reduce the image contrast and result in image defects, most notably in spherical aberration.

We produce high-precision cover glasses with thickness No. 1.5H featuring an exceptionally accurate thickness of 170 µm ± 5 µm. This new generation of cover glasses are highly recommended for objectives with high numerical aperture and high resolution, for example:

• dry objectives: N.A. > 0.7 • objectives for water immersion: N.A. > 1.0 • objectives for glycerol immersion: N.A. > 1.2 • objectives for oil immersion: N.A. > 1.3

• made of chemically resistant borosilicate glass D 263™ M of the first hydrolytic class • absolutely colourless, perfectly clear, suitable for fluorescence microscopy • in compliance with DIN ISO 8255 • thickness No. 1.5H (0.170 mm ± 0.005 mm) • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Foto noch zu machen

For other sizes, please send us your enquiry.

▲▲

▲▲

New

Page 18: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

17

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

Cover glasses thickness No. 1.5 / No. 0 / No. 2 • made of chemically resistant borosilicate glass D 263™ M of the first

hydrolytic class • absolutely colourless, perfectly clear, suitable for fluorescence microscopy • in compliance with DIN ISO 8255 • in hinged lid plastic boxes containing 100 or 200 pieces, 10 boxes in a

carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Size Multipack Unit

Thickness No. 1.5 (0.16 to 0.19 mm)

01 020 32 18 x 18 mm 25 x 2000 200001 020 42 20 x 20 mm 25 x 2000 200001 020 52 22 x 22 mm 25 x 2000 200001 020 62 24 x 24 mm 25 x 2000 200001 021 12 22 x 32 mm 25 x 1000 100001 021 22 22 x 40 mm 25 x 1000 100001 021 42 22 x 50 mm 25 x 1000 100001 021 52 22 x 60 mm 25 x 1000 100001 021 72 24 x 32 mm 25 x 1000 100001 021 92 24 x 40 mm 25 x 1000 100001 022 22 24 x 50 mm 25 x 1000 100001 022 42 24 x 60 mm 25 x 1000 1000

Thickness No. 0 (0.085 to 0.115 mm)Minimum quantity is 10’000 pieces per size and order.

01 000 32 18 x 18 mm 25 x 2000 200001 000 42 20 x 20 mm 25 x 2000 200001 000 52 22 x 22 mm 25 x 2000 200001 000 62 24 x 24 mm 25 x 2000 200001 001 12 22 x 32 mm 25 x 1000 100001 001 22 22 x 40 mm 25 x 1000 100001 001 42 22 x 50 mm 25 x 1000 100001 001 52 22 x 60 mm 25 x 1000 100001 001 72 24 x 32 mm 25 x 1000 100001 001 92 24 x 40 mm 25 x 1000 100001 002 22 24 x 50 mm 25 x 1000 100001 002 42 24 x 60 mm 25 x 1000 1000

Thickness No. 2 (0.19 to 0.23 mm)Minimum quantity is 10’000 pieces per size and order.

01 030 32 18 x 18 mm 25 x 1000 100001 030 42 20 x 20 mm 25 x 1000 100001 030 52 22 x 22 mm 25 x 1000 100001 030 62 24 x 24 mm 25 x 1000 100001 031 72 24 x 32 mm 25 x 500 50001 031 92 24 x 40 mm 25 x 500 50001 032 22 24 x 50 mm 25 x 500 50001 032 42 24 x 60 mm 25 x 500 500

For other sizes and thicknesses, please send us your enquiry.

▲▲

▲▲

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Page 19: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

18

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cover glasses thickness No. 1in ounce packing • made of chemically resistant borosilicate glass D 263™ M of the first

hydrolytic class • absolutely colourless, perfectly clear, suitable for fluorescence microscopy • in compliance with DIN ISO 8255 • thickness No. 1 (0.13 to 0.16 mm) • in hinged lid plastic boxes containing 1 ounce or 2 ounces,

10 boxes in a carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Size Multipack Unit

01 010 53 22 x 22 mm 25 x 10 10 oz01 011 03 22 x 30 mm 25 x 10 10 oz01 011 23 22 x 40 mm 25 x 10 10 oz01 011 43 22 x 50 mm 25 x 10 10 oz01 011 73 24 x 32 mm 25 x 10 10 oz01 011 93 24 x 40 mm 25 x 10 10 oz01 012 23 24 x 50 mm 25 x 10 10 oz01 012 24 24 x 50 mm 25 x 20 20 oz01 012 33 24 x 55 mm 25 x 10 10 oz01 012 43 24 x 60 mm 25 x 10 10 oz01 012 44 24 x 60 mm 25 x 20 20 oz

For other sizes and thicknesses, please send us your enquiry.

Cover slip lifters Cover glasses and microscope slides can be handled easily and conveniently with the Marienfeld Superior cover slip lifter. Sensitive glass plates can be taken gently and are held securely by the vacuum cup. Thanks to its elastic material the cover slip lifter treats the glass surfaces with great care and al-lows handling without scratching them. This lifter is also a nifty tool for embedding preparations by hand as the cover glasses can be placed safely avoiding bubbles in the mounting medium.

• made of sturdy and resistant materials • offers long-lasting and reliable operation • individually packed in a hinged lid box made of plastic, 10 pieces in a carton

Cat. No. Colour Multipack Unit

59 230 01 black 10 x 1 1

New

Page 20: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

19

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

Cover glasses 0.4 mmfor counting chambers and haemacytometersHaemacytometer cover glasses are used to cover specimens in counting cham-bers. The haemacytometer cover glass is placed on the outer bearings’ surfaces and due to their flatness adheres very well. Thus it forms an exact capillary gap and defines the volume of the cell suspension over the counting grid. On our website you will find more detailed information under the keyword counting chambers.

Additonal feature: The excellent quality of their edges make our haemacyto- meter cover glasses well suitable for blood smears.

• made of special optical glass • ready for use • ground and polished edges • individually packed in poly bags, 10 pieces in a plastic box,

10 plastic boxes in a cardboard box

Cover glass forceps according to Kuehne • made of nickel-plated steel • bent shape

Cat. No. Length Unit

66 330 02 105 mm 10▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Size Multipack Unit

Approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive 98/79/EC, with CE-mark and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

03 500 00 20 x 26 mm 50 x 100 10003 510 00 22 x 22 mm 50 x 100 10003 520 00 24 x 24 mm 50 x 100 100

Without CE-mark, only for sale and application outside EC

03 600 00 20 x 26 mm 50 x 100 10003 610 00 22 x 22 mm 50 x 100 10003 620 00 24 x 24 mm 50 x 100 100

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Page 21: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

20

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Histofluid mounting mediumHistofluid is a water-clear adhesive of acrylic resins dissolved in xylene. It har-dens fast and due to its optical properties suits perfectly well for embedding microscopic preparations. Shortly after having covered a preparation it can already be examined and filed.Histofluid may also be used to firmly lock and seal bottle caps.

Further advantages are:

• long storing or temperature changes do not cause fissures or deformations in Histofluid layers • does not turn yellowish when being exposed to UV-radiation • does not fluoresce • does not form bubbles • even sensitive colorations are preserved due to its acid number = 0 • refractive index of 1.5 (nD 20 °C) is adjusted to the microscope slide and

cover glass • water-repellent and dissolves in e.g. xylene, acetone, chloroform, dioxan

and toluol • can be stored in sealed bottles for an unlimited period • filled into special bottles designed for hazardous materials and bearing the

UN code

Due to its solvent contents Histofluid is inflammable and, therefore, considered as hazardous. So it has to be especially packed and shipped according to the international transport regulations. We do not export Histoflu-id by parcel service or air freight but use ocean freight or transport overland only. Before ordering please carefully check your country’s import regulations and ensure a smooth transport according to the IMO (International Maritime Organization). Any cost that might arise additionally for documents, reloading, returns etc. will be at your expense.

The safety data sheet can be downloaded from our website.

Cat. No. Capacity bottle Multipack Unit

69 000 02 500 ml 12 x 1 1▲

Page 22: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

21

Page 23: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

22

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

Information on our microscope slidesMarienfeld Superior microscope slides stand out by their exceptional wettabi-lity and cleanliness.They comply with all requirements of DIN ISO 8037/1 and are, in addition, approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications (CE-mark).

All slides are manufactured to exact size and are thus well suitable for application in automatic machinery.

Material:Microscope slides are made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class.

Surfaces:Our slides are cleaned thoroughly on our machinery without using any surfactants. Thus we accomplish ready for use, pre-cleaned, well wettable slides’ surfaces. The surfaces of Marienfeld Superior slides are suitable for adhering cells and smears of cell suspensions.

Slides’ edges:All grinding and polishing processes are always carried out water-cooled. The supreme quality of our edges is unmatched.For different applications we offer different types of edges:

• cut edges are suitable for routine applications, when risks of infections do not exist and the economical aspect is of major importance

• finely ground edges with 90º shape. We manufacture with water-cooled grinding processes, which result in remarkably smooth and burr-free edges. When handling infectious materials we strongly recommend using this type of slides for increased safety.

• finely ground edges with 90º shape and clipped corners. Recommended especially for applications on automatic machinery. These slides further improve the safety and reduce the risks of cuts.

Marking areas:Our silky frosted marking area is suitable for a fine and contrasty labelling. It has a width of 20 mm by standard; however, other widths can be produced on request. We recommend our twin-frosted slides (at one end, on both sides) as they are more convenient. They offer more space for markings and can be used from either side without the necessity of searching the surface that bears the frosted area.

For marking we recommend our laboratory marker Cat. No. 61 306 03. For further information please see page 30.

Alternatively to the silky frosted marking area we offer our UniMark® printed marking area in white colour and in light pastel shades.

Page 24: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

23

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

Quality control:All our microscope slides are subject to strict quality controls during the production processes and on the finished product, too.

Transport and storage:These conditions influence the quality of the slides considerably.

• microscope slides should be stored in a dry place and at constant room temperature

• when cooling down condensation may occur and penetrate between the slides causing them to stick together. We recommend letting the slides reach room temperature before opening the cartons and using them.

• do not store slides close to solvents as this might turn their surfaces hydrophobic

• soda lime glass is subject to an aging process which affects the quality of the slides. It is recommended to avoid storing the slides for too long and to use the oldest stocks at first. Your early disposition of slides helps us to optimize our production planning and to supply freshly produced slides in time.

For detailed instructions for use please see our website.

Shelf life:Due to the above mentioned reasons the shelf life of slides is limited. It is recommended to use the slides before the specified best before date.

Packing:Our packing material does not contain any recycled paper. Therefore, our boxes are resistant to abrasion and do not affect the quality of the microscope slides. An enlarged finger hole and a fold-back rear facilitate the removal of the individual slides.

We supply microscope slides in small sales units of 2500 pieces (50 boxes of 50 pieces). This modified carton is reclosable, easy to handle and stack. Dimensions of the carton are 283 x 146 x 160 mm and limit the weight to approx. 12 kg.

A pallet can accommodate up to 200’000 slides (80 cartons each 2500 pieces). Its dimensions are 120 x 80 x 93 cm and the gross weight is approx. 1000 kg. Besides our standard packing we offer the following special packing types:

• tropical packing: Slides individu- ally paper interleaved. In addition, 50 boxes of 50 slides are packed in a sealed and watertight alu- minium bag.

• 50 boxes of 50 slides packed in a sealed and watertight aluminium bag

Page 25: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

24

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Microscope slides thickness approx. 1 mm • made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • in compliance with DIN ISO 8037/1 • dimensions: approx. 76 x 26 mm, thickness approx. 1 mm • frosted microscope slides dispose about a silky frosted marking area

20 mm (at one end, on both sides) • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • in boxes of 50 pieces • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Type Multipack Unit

With cut edgesstandard packing

10 000 00 plain 4 x 2500 250010 002 00 frosted 4 x 2500 2500

With cut edges50 boxes in a watertight aluminium bag

10 050 00 plain 4 x 2500 250010 052 00 frosted 4 x 2500 2500

xx 1xx xx pure white glass 2500 with very low autofluorescence

Special type – please amend Cat. No. accordingly.Minimum quantity is 10’000 pieces each per order.

▲▲

Cat. No. Type Multipack Unit

With 90° ground edgesstandard packing

10 004 12 plain 4 x 2500 250010 006 12 frosted 4 x 2500 2500

With 90° ground edges50 boxes in a watertight aluminium bag

10 054 12 plain 4 x 2500 250010 056 12 frosted 4 x 2500 2500

xx 1xx xx pure white glass 2500 with very low autofluorescence Special type – please amend Cat. No. accordingly.Minimum quantity is 10’000 pieces each per order.

▲▲

Page 26: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

25

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Microscope slides, clipped corners • made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • in compliance with DIN ISO 8037/1 • dimensions: approx. 76 x 26 mm, thickness approx. 1 mm • chamfered corners reduce the risk of injury • frosted microscope slides dispose about a silky frosted marking area

20 mm (at one end, on both sides) • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • in boxes of 50 pieces, standard packing • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Minimum quantity is 10’000 pieces each per order.

Cat. No. Type Multipack Unit

With 90° ground edges, 4 corners clippedstandard packing

10 008 12 plain 4 x 2500 250010 009 12 frosted 4 x 2500 2500

Microscope slides thickness approx. 1.1 mm • made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • in compliance with DIN ISO 8037/1 • dimensions: approx. 76 x 26 mm, thickness approx. 1.1 mm • frosted microscope slides dispose about a silky frosted marking area

20 mm (at one end, on both sides) • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • in boxes of 50 pieces • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Minimum quantity is 50’000 pieces each per order.For other sizes, thicknesses and types, please send us your enquiry.

Cat. No. Type Multipack Unit

With cut edgesstandard packing

10 010 02 plain 4 x 2500 250010 012 02 frosted 4 x 2500 2500

With 90° ground edgesstandard packing

10 014 12 plain 4 x 2500 250010 016 12 frosted 4 x 2500 2500

Page 27: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

26

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

Microscope slides in tropical packing • made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • in compliance with DIN ISO 8037/1 • dimensions: approx. 76 x 26 mm, thickness approx. 1 mm • frosted microscope slides dispose about a silky frosted marking area

20 mm (at one end, on both sides) • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • tropical packing: 50 slides individually paper interleaved • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Microscope slides in special packing • made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • in compliance with DIN ISO 8037/1 • dimensions: approx. 75 x 25 mm, thickness approx. 1 mm • frosted microscope slides dispose about a silky frosted marking area

20 mm (at one end, on both sides) • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • 72 microscope slides (1/2 gross) in two-part boxes covered by polypropylene

inserts, boxes wrapped and sealed in polypropylene-film • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Minimum quantity is 10’000 pieces each per order.

Cat. No. Type Multipack Unit

With cut edges50 boxes in a watertight aluminium bag

10 000 04 plain 4 x 2500 250010 002 04 frosted 4 x 2500 2500

With 90° ground edges50 boxes in a watertight aluminium bag

10 004 14 plain 4 x 2500 250010 006 14 frosted 4 x 2500 2500

Minimum quantity is 300 gross each per order.For other sizes and types, please send us your enquiry.

Cat. No. Type Unit

With 90° ground edges10 304 18 plain 10 x 14410 306 18 frosted 10 x 144

New

Page 28: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

27

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Microscope slides with cavitiesThe cavities of our microscope slides are carefully ground and polished. This results in grooveless, immaculate surfaces.

• made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • with 90° ground edges • dimensions: approx. 76 x 26 mm, thickness approx. 1.2 to 1.5 mm • cavities with diameter approx. 15 to 18 mm and depth approx. 0.6 to 0.8 mm • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • in boxes of 50 pieces • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD

directive 98/79/EC, with CE-mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Number of cavities Multipack Unit

13 200 02 1 42 x 50 2 x 5013 201 02 2 42 x 50 2 x 5013 202 02 3 42 x 50 2 x 5013 200 00 1 special packing 10 x 10

▲▲

Microscope slides with printed rings • made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • with 12 blue printed rings with diameter approx. 13 to 14 mm • bevelled edges • clipped corners • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • in boxes of 10 pieces

Cat. No. Dimensions Unit

16 131 00 76 x 52 x 2 mm 10

Microscopes slides special size 76 x 52 mm • made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • dimensions: approx. 76 x 52 mm, thickness approx. 1 mm • plain • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • in boxes of 50 pieces, 45 boxes in a carton

For other sizes, thicknesses and types, please send us your enquiry.

Cat. No. Type Unit

11 000 20 with cut edges 225011 004 20 with 90° ground edges 2250

▲▲

Page 29: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

28

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

UniMark® microscope slidesYour markings contrast especially well with the bright colours of UniMark® slides‘ printed ends. This serves to identify specimens securely. Furthermore, different colours offer the additional possibility of colour coding (for example for methods of analysis, users, priorities, etc.). The thin UniMark® coating of the marking area facilitates the processing of these slides on automated systems. Furthermore, it prevents the slides from sticking together or being scratched.

• made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • in compliance with DIN ISO 8037/1 • dimensions: approx. 76 x 26 mm, thickness approx. 1 mm • with coloured marking area 20 mm (at one end, on one side) • suitable for marking with permanent markers (like Marienfeld Superior

laboratory marker Cat. No. 61 306 03) and printers • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • 50 pieces in a box • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Colour of marking area Unit

With cut edges, standard packing

07 030 10 white 250007 031 10 yellow 250007 032 10 green 250007 033 10 blue 250007 034 10 pink 250007 035 10 orange 2500

With cut edges, 50 boxes in a aluminium bag

07 030 06 white 4 x 250007 031 06 yellow 4 x 250007 032 06 green 4 x 250007 033 06 blue 4 x 250007 034 06 pink 4 x 250007 035 06 orange 4 x 2500

With 90° ground edges, standard packing

07 040 02 white 250007 041 02 yellow 250007 042 02 green 250007 043 02 blue 250007 044 02 pink 250007 045 02 orange 2500

With 90° ground edges, 50 boxes in a aluminium bag

07 040 07 white 4 x 250007 041 07 yellow 4 x 250007 042 07 green 4 x 250007 043 07 blue 4 x 250007 044 07 pink 4 x 250007 045 07 orange 4 x 2500

Page 30: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

29

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

Page 31: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

30

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No.

61 203 00

Writing diamonds • for permanent labelling of microscope slides and other glass products • engraved information on glass is resistant to humidity, heat, cold and

solvents • indelibly engraved markings comply particularly with the guidelines of GLP

(good laboratory practices) • with wooden handle

Cat. No. Multipack Unit

61 306 03 120 x 12 12

Laboratory markersThe multi-purpose laboratory marker writes on almost any surfaces of glass, plastics and paper. With this permanent marker you can label, for example, microscope slides, embedding cassettes, Petri dishes and CDs.

• the ultra fine tip and the contrasty black colour allow clearly legible writing • writes immediately (no priming required) • water-resistant • resists most laboratory chemicals • odourless • non-toxic • does not readily dry out and lasts a long time • with holding clip to attach it to your pocket or writing board • 12 pieces in a box

Page 32: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

31

www.marienfeld-superior.com1

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Microscopy & accessories

HistoBond® adhesive microscope slidesFrequent washing when carrying out immuno-histochemical stains sometimes causes tissue sections to float off slides or cells to be lost from smear prepa-rations. HistoBond® slides solve these problems.

• HistoBond® slides are ideal for in-situ hybridization • even problematic tissues such as brain or spinal cord can be processed

with the aid of HistoBond® slides in routine histology

The glass surface of the HistoBond® slide is loaded with a permanent posi-tive charge which fastens securely all types of section to the glass. Proteinic adhesives, which often interfere with stains and immunoreactions or have disturbing background effects, are no longer required. This improves the quality of the preparations significantly.

The tissue sections adhere to the glass when subjected to frequent washing or even cooking in the microwave. In most cases, this reliable bonding makes it possible to dispense with double experiments which saves time and reduces the costs of routine section preparations in the laboratory.

• HistoBond® adhesive microscope slides in compliance with DIN ISO 8037/1 • dimensions: approx. 76 x 26 mm, thickness approx. 1 mm • with silane treated surfaces • with 90° ground edges • with silky frosted marking area 20 mm (at one end, on both sides) • suitable for marking with permanent markers (like Marienfeld Superior

laboratory marker Cat. No. 61 306 03) and slide printers • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Type Unit

Soda lime glassof 3. hydrolytic class

08 100 00 50 pieces in a cardboard box 250008 100 01 100 pieces in a plastic box 2000

Pure white glasswith especially low autofluorescence

08 000 00 50 pieces in a cardboard box 250008 000 01 100 pieces in a plastic box 2000

For application of these adhesive slides, please see our website.

▲▲

Page 33: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

32

1 Microscopy & accessorieswww.marienfeld-superior.com

Cat. No. Colour of marking area Unit

08 104 01 white 200008 104 11 yellow 200008 104 21 green 200008 104 31 blue 200008 104 41 pink 200008 104 51 orange 2000

HistoBond®+ adhesive microscope slidesHistoBond®+ slides combine the characteristics of our HistoBond® line with frosted ends but are printed in various colours. Markings contrast especially well with the bright colours of HistoBond®+slides‘ printed ends. This improves the secure identification of specimens.

Different colours offer the possibility of colour coding (e.g. for methods of analysis, users, priorities, etc.). The thin coating of the marking area facilitates the processing of these slides on automated systems and prevents them from sticking together or being scratched.

• made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • in compliance with DIN ISO 8037/1 • dimensions: approx. 76 x 26 mm, thickness approx. 1 mm • with silane treated surfaces • with 90° ground edges • with coloured marking area 20 mm (at one end, on one side) • suitable for marking with permanent marker (like Marienfeld Superior

laboratory marker Cat. No. 61 306 03) and printers • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • in plastic boxes of 100 pieces, 20 boxes in a carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

For application of these adhesive slides, please see our website.

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Page 34: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

33

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

Page 35: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

34

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

LCP (Lipidic cubic phase) sandwich set The LCP sandwich set consists of a base glass slide and an optimized cover slip. This product has been developed jointly with the renowned Scripps Re-search Institute in La Jolla, California, USA.

Application • optimized for the crystallographic study of membrane proteins. References:

V. Cherezov, J. Clogston, M. Z. Papiz, M. Caffrey (2006) Room to Move: Crystallizing Membrane Proteins in Swollen Lipidic Mesophases. Journal of Molecular Biology 357, 1605 – 1618 • developed at the NIH Roadmap Center for membrane protein research

(http://jcimpt.scripps.edu) and routinely used in GPCR structural biology. References: V. Cherezov, D. M. Rosenbaum, M. A. Hanson, S. G. Rasmussen, F. S. Thian, T. S. Kobilka, H. J. Choi, P. Kuhn, W. I. Weis, B. K. Kobilka and R. C. Stevens (2007) High-resolution crystal structure of an engineered human beta2-adrenergic G protein-coupled receptor. Science 318: 1258-65 • other applications using LCP membrane protein structure based in drug

design Bottom slide • dimensions: approx 127.8 x 85.5 mm, thickness approx. 1 mm • with superhydrophobic glass surface • covered with a 0.2 mm high spacer. This spacer has 96 recesses of 5 mm

diameter. They are consistent with the SBS format for robotic handling. The spacer has an adhesive surface to which the hydrophobic coverslip attaches. The crystallization drops are, hence, sealed in these reaction chambers.

Cover slip • dimensions: approx 112 x 77 mm, thickness No. 1.5 (0.16 to 0.19 mm) • with superhydrophobic glass surface • optimized for bright field, UV and fluorescent microscopy

Cat. No. Unit

08 900 03 LCP sandwich set: Bottom slide and cover slip 20

New

New

New

Page 36: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

35

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Adhesion slides according to Prof. BrossWithout losing their antigenicity or ability to function viable cells of suspensi-ons of any body fluid can be anchored to the adhesion slide and investigated for surface antigens, intracellular antigens, cytochemical functions and mor-phological properties.The cells adhere so firmly to the slide that they may be washed without co-ming off. The extremely hydrophobic mask prevents the cells or reagents from spreading into other wells even if the slide is shaken on a Vortex mixer.

Professor Bross’ adhesion slide stops losses of cells, saves time and avoids unnecessary steps of centrifugation.Using a minimum of time and material will result in durable preparations of excellent quality. Up to twelve different tests with different antibodies would be possible on one single slide.

• made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • in compliance with DIN ISO 8037/1 • dimensions: approx. 76 x 26 mm, thickness approx. 1 mm • with 90° ground edges • with clipped corners • with silky frosted marking area 15 mm (at one end, on one side) • in storing boxes of 50 or 100 pieces • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD

directive 98/79/EC, with CE-mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Type Unit

09 000 00 12 x 5 mm Ø 5009 001 00 12 x 5 mm Ø 10009 010 00 3 x 15 mm Ø 5009 011 00 3 x 15 mm Ø 10009 060 00 3 square wells and 4 register marks 5009 061 00 3 square wells and 4 register marks 100

Instructions for PAP and APAAP slide assay can be downloaded from our website.

Preparations on the adhesion slide

(1) Hematoxylin staining

(2) Immunocytologic double staining for CD36 (dark blue ring indicating mem-brane staining) and Interleukin 8 (brown dots within the cells).Note the hairy appearance of the dendritic cell membrane, which is uniquely preserved after fixation with glutaraldehyde. (Immunostaining with sequential ABC technique using 4-CN as substrate for CD36 development and DAB for IL-8; D. Behringer, Zellmarkerlabor, Univer-sity Hospital of Freiburg)

(3) D20 reactive malignant B-lymphocytes isolated from the cerebrospinal fluid of a patient with B-cell lymphoma thus indicating meningeal spread of the disease. Note the typical hairy appearance of these cells.(Immunostaining with immunoperoxidase technique using DAB for CD20 development; fixation: 0.04% glutaraldehyde; D. Behringer, Zellmarkerlabor, University Hospital of Freiburg)

▲▲

Dendritic cells cultured in vitro and after harvesting attached to Superior slides.

(1)

(2)

(3)

Page 37: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

36

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

Microscope slides with reaction wellsThese microscope slides with well wettable reaction wells are used for diagnosis. The epoxy resin colour masks feature remarkably high resistance against solvents and are available in black, blue, green, red and white colour. Additionally, we offer a PTFE mask in white colour.

• made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • in compliance with DIN ISO 8037/1 • dimensions: approx. 76 x 26 mm, thickness approx. 1 mm • with 90° ground edges • with silky frosted marking area 20 mm (at one end, on one side) • pre-cleaned • ready for use • autoclavable • in boxes of 50 pieces, 50 boxes in a carton (Multipack)

On request the slides are also available with aminosilane treated reaction wells.

As a result of the variety of the available masks and due to the limited shelf life, microscope slides with reaction wells are produced upon receipt of your order only. This ensures that you receive slides which come straight from production. The minimum order quantity is 200 pieces. For technical reasons the quantity produced might differ from the quantity originally ordered and we kindly inform you that deliveries of excess and shortage quantities have to be accepted by the client.

Customized masks according to your individual requirements can be manu-factured for a minimum quantity of 200 pieces. One-off costs for creating a special mask will be charged separately.

Cat. No. Unit

Blue mask

12 165 41 1 x 6 mm Ø 4 x 5012 156 71 2 x 11 mm Ø 4 x 5012 164 91 3 x 14 mm Ø 4 x 5012 166 81 3 x 10 mm Ø 4 x 5012 151 31 6 x 8 mm Ø 4 x 5012 167 51 8 x 6 mm Ø numbered 4 x 5012 160 71 8 x 9 mm Ø 4 x 5012 166 51 10 x 5 mm Ø 4 x 5012 166 91 10 x 6 mm Ø numbered 4 x 5012 165 21 10 x 8 mm Ø numbered 4 x 5012 165 51 10 x 8 mm Ø 4 x 5012 168 21 10 x 7 mm Ø numbered clockwise 4 x 5012 165 31 10 x 7 mm Ø 4 x 5012 163 31 12 x 5 mm Ø numbered clockwise 4 x 50

For other printing colours please amend Cat. No. accordingly:

xx xxx x0 black 4 x 50xx xxx x2 white 4 x 50xx xxx x3 green 4 x 50xx xxx x4 red 4 x 50

12 2xx x2 white, with PTFE mask 4 x 50

Page 38: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

37

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Microscope slides for blood grouping • made of white flashed opal glass • with ground edges • with frosted marking area • with 4 ground, polished and marked cavities labelled as: ANTI-A, ANTI-B,

ANTI-AB, ANTI-Rh • cavities: approx. 20 mm diameter, approx. 1.75 mm depth • without CE-mark, only for sale and application outside EC

Cat. No. Cavities Dimensions

14 232 13 4 150 x 40 x 3 mm

Staining plates • made of float glass • with bevelled edges • clipped corners • with ground and polished cavities

Cat. No. Cavities Dimensions

Cavities: approx. 20 to 22 mm diameter, approx. 2 mm depth

14 064 05 6 130 x 100 x 6 mm 14 065 06 12 130 x 100 x 6 mm 14 067 08 24 130 x 160 x 6 mm 14 068 09 30 130 x 180 x 6 mm

Cavities: approx. 24 mm diameter, approx. 3 mm depth

14 067 03 24 130 x 200 x 6 mm 14 068 04 30 130 x 200 x 6 mm

• made of float glass • with bevelled edges • surface mat • with ground and polished cavities • cavities: approx. 16 mm diameter, approx. 1.5 mm depth • 10 pieces packed in paper

Cat. No. Cavities Dimensions Unit

14 055 00 12 76 x 60 x 4 mm 10

• made of pressed glass • with bevelled edges • surface mat • cavities: approx. 16 mm diameter, approx. 2.3 mm depth • 10 pieces in a carton

Cat. No. Cavities Dimensions Unit

18 000 03 12 79 x 63 x 4 mm 10

Page 39: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

38

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Cavities Dimensions Unit

18 000 01 10 107 x 57 x 4 mm 618 000 00 10 107 x 57 x 6 mm 5

Staining plates according to Boerner • made of pressed glass • with optically polished, pressed and numbered cavities • cavities: approx. 14 mm diameter, approx. 2 mm depth

Microflocculation plates • made of pressed glass • with optically polished, pressed and numbered cavities • cavities: approx. 15 mm diameter, approx. 1.5 mm depth • with overflow grooves

Cat. No. Cavities Dimensions Unit

18 000 02 12 89 x 57 x 4.5 mm 7

Staining jars acc. to Hellendahl • made of heavy-walled soda lime glass (pressed glass) • with cover • offers space for up to 8 microscope slides (approx. 76 x 26 mm)

Cat. No. Type Unit

42 000 00 with enlargement 1042 000 01 without enlargement 10

▲▲

Staining jars acc. to Hellendahl • made of transparent PMP • with lid • enlargement serves for better handling of the slides • offers space for 8 or 16 (adjacent back-to-back) microscope slides

(approx. 76 x 26 mm)

Cat. No. Type Dimensions Unit

56 500 00 with enlargement 58 x 53.5 x 86 mm 4

Page 40: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

39

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Staining jars acc. to Coplin • made of polypropylene • break-resistant • with screw cap • offers space for up to 10 microscope slides (approx. 76 x 26 mm)

Staining jars acc. to Coplin • made of heavy-walled soda lime glass (pressed glass) • with cover • offers space for up to 10 microscope slides (approx. 76 x 26 mm)

Cat. No. Unit

42 000 03 10

Cat. No. Multipack Unit

56 000 03 50 x 10 10

Staining jars acc. to Schiefferdecker • made of heavy-walled soda lime glass (pressed glass) • with cover • offers space for 10 individual microscope slides (approx. 76 x 26 mm)

or 10 pairs of slides placed adjacently back-to-back

Cat. No. Dimensions with cover Unit

42 000 02 89 x 70.5 x 46 mm 10

Glass staining articles are made of heavy-walled soda lime glass with a relatively high coefficient of expansion. Due to their material they must not be exposed to rapid temperature changes. They have to be heated slowly and also cooled down slowly in order to avoid cracks caused by tensions.

Page 41: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

40

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Staining jarsThis staining set consists of glass dish and staining tray made of stainless steel.

• glass dish and cover are made of heavy-walled soda lime glass (pressed glass) • dimensions glass dish with cover: 105 x 85 x 70 mm • staining tray is made of stainless steel • staining tray offers space for up to 10 microscope slides

(approx. 76 x 26 mm to approx. 76 x 52 mm)

Cat. No. Unit

42 000 04 glass dish with cover 1066 180 00 staining tray /stainless steel 10

▲▲

Staining jars This staining set consists of glass dish, staining tray and wire handle.

• dish, cover and staining tray are made of heavy-walled soda lime glass (pressed glass) • dimensions glass dish with cover: 105 x 85 x 70 mm • staining tray offers space for up to 10 microscope slides (approx. 76 x 26 mm)

Cat. No. Unit

42 000 04 glass dish with cover 1042 000 05 staining tray, pressed glass 1066 110 00 wire handle for staining tray 10

▲▲

Staining jars Hausser/GedigkThis staining set consists of glass dish and staining tray made of stainless steel.

• glass dish is made of heavy-walled soda lime glass (pressed glass) • cover is made of soda lime glass, with frosted rim of 10 mm width • staining tray offers space for up to 60 microscope slides (approx. 76 x 26 mm)

Cat. No. Dimensions Multipack

42 000 12 glass dish 130 x 93 x 121 mm 12 42 000 13 cover 130 x 93 x 3 mm 66 180 05 staining tray 24

▲▲

▲Glass staining articles are made of heavy-walled soda lime glass with a relatively high coefficient of expansion. Due to their material they must not be exposed to rapid temperature changes. They have to be heated slowly and also cooled down slowly in order to avoid cracks caused by tensions.

Page 42: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

41

1Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

www.marienfeld-superior.com

Staining bridges • made of plexiglass • adjustable to different trays • with 2 holding clamps • length: approx. 380 mm • both grips can be extended by each 115 mm • with inclination and horizontal fastening • when used with our tray Cat. No. 56 300 04 a safety pin offers secure

positioning when the bridge is inclined. Additionally, a second safety pin allows the fastening of the bridge in a horizontal position.

Cat. No.

56 800 05

Staining trays • made of dark grey PVC • inner dimensions: 380 x 145 x 75 mm

Cat. No. Multipack

56 300 04 5

Racks for microscope slidesThis rack is useful for preparation and drying of microscope slides.

• made of plexiglass • with numbered slots and marking area • offers space for up to 12 microscope slides (approx. 76 x 26 mm)

Dispensers for microscope slidesIndividual microscope slides are pushed out of the dispenser by turning the knob. The dispenser facilitates easy and convenient taking of slides.

• made of grey ABS • transparent housing allows the monitoring of the filling level • offers space for up to 50 microscope slides (approx. 76 x 26 mm)

Cat. No.

56 800 07

Cat. No.

56 600 40

▲▲

56 800 0556 300 04

Page 43: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

42

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Slide mailersSlide mailers are useful for transport, archiving and staining of microscope slides.

• made of polyethylene (PE-HD) • break-resistant • oval shape • thanks to guide rails inside slides can be accommodated and transported

without contacting each other • with secure closure • offers space for up to 2 microscope slides (approx. 76 x 26 mm)

Cat. No. Multipack Unit

56 000 65 5 x 100 100

• made of polypropylene • break-resistant • cube-shaped • thanks to guide rails inside the slides can be accommodated and transported

without contacting each other • with secure closure • offers space for up to 5 microscope slides (approx. 76 x 26 mm)

Cat. No. Unit

56 100 67 100

▲▲

Page 44: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

43

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Preparation pasteboards ”Munich” • made of cardboard • base with 3 compartments approx. 78 x 220 mm each for 8 slides

(approx. 76 x 26 mm) • with hinged cover with 3 windows each approx. 56 x 200 mm • offers space for up to 24 microscope slides (approx. 76 x 26 mm)

Cat. No. Dimensions Unit

60 013 13 260 x 235 x 8 mm 10

Preparation pasteboardsfor microscope slides 76 x 26 mm • made of cardboard • with cover • standard type • thanks to its recessed grips microscope slides can be easily taken out

• made of cardboard • with cover • with reinforced textile tape in the fold capable to endure numerous openings

and closings • with index card on the outside • thanks to its recessed grips microscope slides can be easily taken out

Cat. No. For slides Dimensions Unit

60 010 00 2 100 x 80 x 6 mm 50

Cat. No. For slides Dimensions Unit 60 020 00 2 100 x 80 x 6 mm 5060 020 02 5 185 x 100 x 6 mm 1060 020 03 6 210 x 100 x 6 mm 1060 020 04 10 340 x 103 x 6 mm 2060 020 07 20 340 x 205 x 6 mm 10

▲▲

▲▲

Preparation tablesfor microscope slides 76 x 26 mm • made of cardboard • without cover • thanks to its recessed grips microscope slides can be easily taken out • with numbering

Cat. No. For slides Dimensions Unit

60 000 07 20 340 x 205 x 5 mm 20

Page 45: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

44

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Storing boxesfor microscope slides 76 x 26 mm

• made of polypropylene • stackable • with 2 securely closing clasps • with index card enclosed • with numbered slots. The numbers are still readable even when the box

is filled. • with plastic slots designed for easy taking out of the slides by means

of inclination

Cat. No. For slides Dimensions Colour Unit 56 100 22 100 264 x 192 x 36 mm black 10

• made of polystyrene • with dust-tight securely snap-on lid • with index card enclosed • with numbered slots inside

Cat. No. For slides Dimensions Colour Unit 56 200 20 25 97 x 83 x 39 mm grey 456 200 23 50 170 x 82 x 30 mm white

• made of polystyrene • standard colour: white • available also in blue, green, yellow or red colour

(minimum order quantity 200 pieces) • with dust-tight box with hinged lid • with plastic closure at front side • with index card enclosed • with numbered slots inside

• with wooden frame • cover and base are made of cardboard • coated with black paper • with hinges and securely closing clasps made of metal • with index card in cover • with numbered slots. The numbers are still readable even when the box

is filled. • with plastic slots designed for easy taking out of the slides by means

of inclination

Cat. No. For slides Dimensions Unit 60 030 05 12 100 x 85 x 35 mm 1060 030 08 25 150 x 100 x 35 mm 1060 030 09 50 270 x 100 x 35 mm 1060 030 10 100 270 x 190 x 35 mm 10

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. For slides Dimensions Colour

200 24 100 210 x 164 x 30 mm white

New

Page 46: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

45

www.marienfeld-superior.com1Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Petri dishes, glass • made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • free of cadmium and lead • bottom part and cover lid are both very flat. This evenness facilitates

the uniform spreading of nutrient media and liquids. Optical distortions are minimized when looking at our Petri dishes’ bottoms. • sterilisable up to 135 °C • for multiple use

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Ø Cover ext. x height bottom part Unit

34 003 00 60 x 15 mm 14434 006 00 80 x 15 mm 14434 010 00 100 x 15 mm 7234 011 00 100 x 20 mm 7234 012 00 120 x 20 mm 7234 013 00 150 x 25 mm 7234 015 00 180 x 30 mm 634 016 00 200 x 30 mm 6

Petri dishes, plastic • made of polystyrene • crystal clear material with excellent transparency • dimensions: approx. 94 x 16 mm • machine-sterile, manufactured under conditions with low bacterial count • gamma sterilisable • heat-resistant up to approx. 80 °C • for single use • well stackable and inherently stable • well suited for the filling by fully or semi-automatic machines • 20 pieces in a poly bag, 24 bags in a carton

Cat. No. Type Unit 52 007 00 with vents in the cover 48052 007 01 without vents 480

Page 47: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

46

www.marienfeld-superior.com1 Microscopy & accessories

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Spatula Drigalski The spatula Drigalski facilitates uniform distribution and plating of bacteria material on solid nutrient media.

• made of glass • dimensions: approx. 145 x 50 x 5 mm

Cat. No. Multipack Unit

18 000 24 10 x 10 10

Needle holders acc. to Kolle • made of nickel-plated brass • length: approx. 255 mm • with handle made of plastic

Inoculation loops for needle holdersacc. to Kolle • made of stainless steel (18/8 steel) • 100 pieces in a poly bag

Cat. No. Multipack Unit

66 300 00 50 x 10 10

Cat. No. Unit

66 240 00 100

▲▲

Inoculation loopsFor inoculation of nutrient media. Its high flexibility permits gentle streaking without damaging the surface of a nutrient medium.

• made of polystyrene • with loop at one end and needle at the other end • gamma sterilized • for single use • 20 pieces in a bag, 50 bags in a carton

Cat. No. Capacity loop Colour Multipack Unit 52 030 00 1 µl nature 8 x 1000 100052 030 01 10 µl blue 8 x 1000 1000

Page 48: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

47

www.marienfeld-superior.com1

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Pathology

Mailing containers for pathology • made of polypropylene • break-resistant • standing on solid base • leak proof with tightly closing screw cap made of polyethylene (PE-HD) • rounded bottom facilitates taking out smaller tissue samples • for enhanced protection against leagage during transport the bigger con-

tainers can accommodate smaller ones (e.g. 20 ml fits into 35 ml, 35 ml fits into 50 ml, 50 ml fits into 100 ml) • double-walled protective vessel for mailing

Mailing boxes for containers for pathology • with individually adjustable inserts partitioning the mailing box • two containers of 20 ml to 100 ml capacity fit into one box • boxes are supplied as flat pack to save space during storage • dimensions of the folded box: approx. 102 x 90 x 48 mm • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces

Vials for pathologyThese vials serve to store samples and are mainly used in pathological institutes.

• made of clear glass • washed • with screw cap made of aluminium, with black rubber gasket

Cat. No. Capacity Height Diameter Unit 52 232 00 20 ml 48 mm 31 mm 100052 232 01 35 ml 55 mm 39 mm 50052 232 02 50 ml 74 mm 39 mm 50052 232 03 100 ml 80 mm 48 mm 250

Cat. No. Unit

79 110 13 1

Cat. No. Capacity Height Ø Unit 36 120 00 Bijou 7 ml 51 mm 21 mm 28836 130 01 McCartney 14 ml 67 mm 26 mm 28836 150 02 Universal, wide neck 28 ml 85 mm 28 mm 144

▲▲

Page 49: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

48

www.marienfeld-superior.com1

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Pathology

Embedding cassettesIn histology, tissue sections are placed in embedding cassettes to be dehydrated and impregnated by Paraffin.

• made of high-quality, technical plastic (POM) • resistant against the solvents usually used in laboratories • different colours offer the possibility of colour coding (for example for

different users, priorities, etc.) • with one 45° inclined and 2 vertical marking areas • the roughness of the marking areas is optimized to allow labelling

by different systems: pencil, permanent markers (like Marienfeld Superior laboratory marker Cat. No. 61 306 03), inkjet or laser printers • suitable for all common clamps • ready for use. There is no need to break the lids off the cassettes’ bases.

Upper and base parts can also be supplied separated on demand if ordered in large quantities. Thus all types are also available for printing on cassette printers. • the hinge of our cassettes prevents the cassettes from unintended opening –

even when they fall down accidentally. Furthermore, our cassettes can be repeatedly opened and securely closed again. • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

• without lid • with accurately fitting neps at the back to fasten standardised stainless

steel lids • entirely perforated bases increase the adhesion of paraffin blocks to the

cassettes • 500 pieces in a bag, 20 bags in a carton

Cat. No. Colour Unit

StandardPerforation: 2.3 mm diameter

52 525 00 light blue 10'00052 525 01 yellow 10'00052 525 02 light green 10'00052 525 03 grey 10'00052 525 04 white 10'00052 525 07 pink 10'00052 525 08 beige 10'00052 525 09 orange 10'000

▲▲

Page 50: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

49

www.marienfeld-superior.com1

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Pathology

Embedding cassettes • base and upper parts are connected by a hinge and supplied assembled • 500 pieces in a box, 12 boxes in a carton

Cat. No. Colour Unit

BioNet Perforation: 0.35 x 0.35 mmIt is not necessary to insert pads, because no tissue sections will be lost. This saves time and money.

52 531 00 light blue 600052 531 01 yellow 600052 531 02 light green 600052 531 03 grey 600052 531 04 white 600052 531 07 pink 600052 531 08 beige 600052 531 09 orange 6000

Cat. No. Colour Unit UniversalPerforation: 1 x 5 mm

52 530 00 light blue 600052 530 01 yellow 600052 530 02 light green 600052 530 03 grey 600052 530 04 white 600052 530 07 pink 600052 530 08 beige 600052 530 09 orange 6000

Cat. No. Colour Unit

BiopsyPerforation: 1 x 1 mm

52 526 00 light blue 600052 526 01 yellow 600052 526 02 light green 600052 526 03 grey 600052 526 04 white 600052 526 07 pink 600052 526 08 beige 600052 526 09 orange 6000

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

New

Page 51: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U
Page 52: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

51

2Blood testing 2Blood testing

51

List of contents

Blood diluting pipettes & accessories Blood gas capillary tubes & accessories

Blood lancets & safety lancetsBlood sedimentation pipettes & stands, Westergren

Capillary tubes for determination of melting point Capillary tubes microhaematocrit

CellcounterCentrifuge tubes

Comparator tubes Counting chambers various

Counting chambers, with V-slashCounting chambers Howard, McMasterCounting chambers Sedgewick Rafter

Dropping pipettesHaemacytometers

Haematocrit tubes WintrobeHaemoglobin pipettes Sahli

Haemometers SahliMicro pipettes ”end-to-end”

Micro pipettes with circular mark Micro pipettors

Pasteur pipettes & pipetting aidsRubber teats

Stool containersTest tubes & accessories

Test tube shakersTransfer pipettes

UrinalsUrine cups & lids

Urinometers & jars Wax plates for capillary tubes

page

63-64726867707162736558-605860-6161656267646569696966657974-77776678797871

New

New

New

Page 53: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

52

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

Counting gridsThe types of counting chambers differ in counting grids and the depths of the chambers. Orthogonal lines form grids which become visible by magnifying them with a microscope. The grid of a counting chamber is engraved into the surface of its base.

Neubauer-improved

Nowadays the Neubauer-improved counting chambers has become the most popular one. Its standard depth is 0.1 mm. The grid consists of 3 x 3 large squares with areas of 1 mm² each. The large square in the center is subdivided into 5 x 5 group squares with edges of each 0.2 mm length and areas of 0.04 mm². These group squares are again subdivided into sixteen small squares of an area of each 0.05 mm x 0.05 mm = 0.0025 mm². The lines limiting the large squares and the group squares are threefold with the central line as the actual dimension lines. The inner and outer auxiliary lines facilitate counting. They assist determining whether cells near or on the bor-der lines are to be counted as within the area or omitted as outside of the counting area. As the counting chamber comes with differently large squares it can be used for counting different types of cells. E.g. leucocytes are counted in the 4 large squares at the corners of the grid and normally for counting erythrocytes at least 5 group squares are used.

Dark line: The grids of dark line counting cham-bers are engraved into the glass surface of the base of the chamber. When loo-king through a microscope these lines appear to be dark.

Neubauer-improved dark line

0.2

1 mm

0.25 0.2

1 mm

0.0050.005

1 mm 1 mm

0.05

0.2

1 mm

0.25 0.2

1 mm

0.0050.005

1 mm 1 mm

0.050.2

1 mm

0.25 0.2

1 mm

0.0050.005

1 mm 1 mm

0.05

Depth = 0.1 mm □ mm x mm / 1 □ mm² / 1 □ Vol. [µl]

Total net ruling 1 3 x 3 9 0.9 Large squares per grid 9 1 x 1 1 0.1 Group squares per large square 25 0.2 x 0.2 0.04 0.004 Small squares per group square 16 0.05 x 0.05 0.0025 0.00025

Page 54: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

53

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

The depth of the Neubauer chamber is 0.1 mm.

Its net ruling covers 3 mm x 3 mm in total and consists of 9 large squares of 1 mm².

The central large square is subdivided in 4 x 4 group squares of 0.2 x 0.2 mm². Triple lines in a distance of 0.025 mm separate the group squares from each other. Each group square is subdivided in 16 small squares of 0.05 mm side length.

Neubauer

0.25 1 mm0.025 0.05

3 mm

0.2

1 mm

0.05 0.025

Neubauer

Neubauer

0,25 1 mm0,025 0,05

3 mm

0,2

1 mm

0,05 0,025

Neubauer

0.25 1 mm0.025 0.05

3 mm

0.2

1 mm

0.05 0.025

Depth = 0.1 mm □ mm x mm / 1 □ mm² / 1 □ mm³ = µl

Total net ruling 1 3 x 3 9 0.9 Large squares per grid 9 1 x 1 1 0.1 Group squares per large square 16 0.2 x 0.2 0.04 0.004 Small squares per group square 16 0.05 x 0.05 0.0025 0.00025

Bright line: The grids of counting chambers with bright lines are engraved into a thin, vapour-deposited metal film. The bright lines contrast well with the darker, me-tallic background which facilitates the evaluation.

Neubauer improved HL

0.2

1 mm

0.25 0.2

1 mm

0.0050.005

1 mm 1 mm

Neubauer- improved bright line

Neubauer improved HL

0,2

1 mm

0,25 0,2

1 mm

0,0050,005

1 mm 1 mm

Neubauer improved HL

0.2

1 mm

0.25 0.2

1 mm

0.0050.005

1 mm 1 mm

Depth = 0.1 mm □ mm x mm / 1 □ mm² / 1 □ Vol. [µl]

Total net ruling 1 3 x 3 9 0.9 Large squares per grid 9 1 x 1 1 0.1 Group squares per large square 25 0.2 x 0.2 0.04 0.004 Small squares per group square 16 0.05 x 0.05 0.0025 0.00025

Page 55: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

54

1 mm

0.2

1 mm

Bürker Türk

0.050.0250.025

1 mm1 mm

0.0250.2 0.05

The depth of the Buerker-Tuerk cham-ber is 0.1 mm. The counting grid covers 9 mm² and is subdivided by triple lines into 9 large squares.

Each of these large squares is subdi-vided into 16 small squares by double lines with a space of 0.05 mm between them. The inner lines of these small squares form areas of 0.2 x 0.2 mm².

Additionally to the Buerker chamber the 16 small square of the central lar-ge square are subdivided again into 16 squares with 0.05 mm length of the edge and an area of 0.0025 mm².

Buerker-Tuerk

1 mm

0,2

1 mm

Bürker Türk

0,050,0250,025

1 mm1 mm

0,0250,2 0,05

Depth = 0.1 mm □ mm x mm / 1 □ mm² / 1 □ mm³ = µl

Total net ruling 1 3 x 3 9 0.9 Large squares per grid 9 1 x 1 1 0.1 Small squares per large square 16 0.2 x 0.2 0.04 0.004 Smallest squares per small square 16 0.05 x 0.05 0.0025 0.00025

1 mm

0.2

1 mm

Bürker Türk

0.050.0250.025

1 mm1 mm

0.0250.2 0.05

The depth of the Buerker counting chamber is 0.1 mm. Its counting grid co-vers 9 mm² and is subdivided by triple lines into 9 large squares. The distances between the middle lines are 1 mm.

Each of these large squares is subdi-vided into 16 small squares by double lines with a space of 0.05 mm between them. The inner lines of these small squares form areas of 0.2 x 0.2 mm².The crossings of the double lines form small squares of 0.05 x 0.05 mm². These squares are suitable for counting throm-bocytes and erythrocytes.

Buerker

0.2

1 mm

0.2

1 mm

0.05

Bürker

0.050.025

1 mm1 mm

0.025

Depth = 0,1 mm □ mm x mm / 1 □ mm² / 1 □ mm³ = µl

Total net ruling 1 3 x 3 9 0.9 Large squares per grid 9 1 x 1 1 0.1 Small squares per Large square 16 0.2 x 0.2 0.04 0.004

0,2

1 mm

0,2

1 mm

0,05

Bürker

0,050,025

1 mm1 mm

0,0250.2

1 mm

0.2

1 mm

0.05

Bürker

0.050.025

1 mm1 mm

0.025

Page 56: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

55

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

Thoma neu

0.05

1.1 mm

0.10.2

0.05 1.

1 m

m

0.1

0.2

0.05

1 mm

0.25

1 mm

0.25

1 mm

Fuchs-Rosenthal

0.025

1 mm 1 mm 1 mm

The depth of the Thoma new counting chamber is 0.1 mm. The grid covers an area of 1.1 x 1.1 mm². It is subdivided in 16 group squares with a side length of 0.2 mm.

These group squares have a distance of 0.1 mm to the adjacent group squares.They are subdivided into 16 small squares.

Fuchs-Rosenthal

Thoma new

The depth of the Fuchs-Rosenthal counting chamber is 0.2 mm. In total the grid covers 16 mm² and contains 16 large squares of each 1 mm length of the edge. These large squares are se-parated by triple lines with a space of 0.01 mm between each other. The dis-tance between the center lines is 1 mm. All 16 large squares are subdivided into 16 small squares of a side length of 0.25 mm.

Due to the large counting grid and a depth of 0.2 mm the total volume amounts to 3.2 µl. This counting cham-ber is, therefore, preferably used for counting cell suspensions with relatively few cells, e.g. cerebro-spinal fluid.

Depth = 0.1 mm □ mm x mm / 1 □ mm² / 1 □ mm³ = µl

Total net ruling 1 4 x 4 16 3.2Large squares per grid 16 1 x 1 1 0.2 Small squares per large square 16 0.25 x 0.25 0.0625 0.0125

0,25

1 mm

0,25

1 mm

Fuchs-Rosenthal

0,025

1 mm 1 mm 1 mm

0.25

1 mm

0.25

1 mm

Fuchs-Rosenthal

0.025

1 mm 1 mm 1 mm

Thoma neu

0.05

1.1 mm

0.10.2

0.05 1.

1 m

m

0.1

0.2

0.05

1 mm

Page 57: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

56

The depth of the Malassez counting chamber is 0.2 mm The counting grid covers 2 x 2.5 mm². The large rec-tangles have an area of 0.25 x 0.20 = 0.05 mm². Each of them is subdivided into 20 small squares with an area of each 0.05 mm x 0.05 mm = 0.0025 mm².

This counting chamber is used for coun-ting cells in liquor (cerebro-spinal fluid) and for counting nematodes for example.

10 mm

5 m

m

0.25

0.02

0.01 10

mm

Nageotte

0.2 0.05

0.6

0.2

0.05

0.25

mm

2 mm

0.25

0.25

2.5

mm

0.2

0.05

Malassez

The depth of the Nageotte counting chamber is 0.5 mm.

The square area of 100 mm² is divided into 40 rectangles each with an area of 0.25 x 10 = 2.5 mm². This counting chamber is mainly used for counting cells in cerebro-spinal fluid or for count-ing nematodes.

0.025 0.05

1 mm

0.0250.05

1 mm

0.25

The depth of the Thoma counting cham-ber is 0.1 mm The grid covers an area of 1 x 1 mm².

It is subdivided into group squares with a side length of 0.2 mm (like the Neu-bauer system).

The group squares are subdivided into 16 small squares of an area of 0.05 mm x 0.05 mm = 0.0025 mm².

Thoma

0,025 0,05

1 mm

0,0250,05

1 mm

0,25 0.025 0.05

1 mm

0.0250.05

1 mm

0.25

0.2 0.05

0.6

0.2

0.05

0.25

mm

2 mm

0.25

0.25

2.5

mm

0.2

0.05

Page 58: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

57

Page 59: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

58

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

Counting chambersMarienfeld Superior counting chambers are precise measuring instruments to determine the number of particles in liquids.

• made of special optical glass • in compliance with DIN ISO 12 847 • individually tested according to the German Calibration Ordinance • planarity and tolerances are strictly observed • tolerance of depth of chamber max. 2 % • our counting chambers for investigations of cell suspensions are equipped

with 2 sets of grids. In-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications generally require duplicate determinations. Double counting grids = double check possibility. • a cover glass with a thickness of 0.4 mm is placed on top of both external

stages of the counting chamber to limit the volume over the counting grids 2 haemacytometer cover glasses with thickness 0.4 mm are supplied with each counting chamber. For spare cover glasses please see page 19. • in general, we recommend haemacytometer cover glasses 20 x 26 mm.

Counting chambers Fuchs-Rosenthal require cover glasses 24 x 24 mm and counting chambers Nageotte require cover glasses 22 x 30 mm or 30 x 30 mm. Thinner cover slips should not be used as they bend because of the capillary. • individually packed in transparent plastic box, 10 pcs. in a carton • counting grids are engraved into two ground and polished surfaces on the

central stage (= chamber bottom). This central stage is located between two elevated also ground and polished stages.

•Dark line: Standard counting chambers have counting grids which are engraved into the chamber bottom. Under the microscope the lines of the counting grid appear dark.

•Bright line: Bright lined counting chambers have counting grids which are structured into a very thin, transparent metal coating. The bright lines contrast well with the dark metallic background and this facilitates evaluating cell suspensions.

Counting chambers with V-slashCounting chambers with V-slash at the exterior sides of the chamber bottom offer various advantages:

• the V-slash facilitates the feeding of the capillary gap between chamber bottom and haemacytometer cover glass • the risk of overflow is reduced

Cat. No. Depth of chamber Unit Approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive 98/79/EC, with CE - mark

06 500 10 Neubauer-improved, dark line 0.1 mm 106 500 30 Neubauer-improved, bright line 0.1 mm 1

New

New

Page 60: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

59

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Counting chambers

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Depth of chamber Unit Approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive 98/79/EC, with CE - mark

Dark line 06 400 10 Neubauer-improved 0.1 mm 106 401 10 Neubauer 0.1 mm 106 402 10 Buerker 0.1 mm 106 403 10 Buerker-Tuerk 0.1 mm 106 404 10 Fuchs-Rosenthal 0.2 mm 106 405 10 Nageotte 0.5 mm 106 406 10 Malassez 0.2 mm 106 407 10 Thoma 0.1 mm 106 408 10 Thoma new 0.1 mm 1

Bright line06 400 30 Neubauer-improved 0.1 mm 106 401 30 Neubauer 0.1 mm 106 402 30 Buerker 0.1 mm 106 403 30 Buerker-Tuerk 0.1 mm 106 404 30 Fuchs-Rosenthal 0.2 mm 106 405 30 Nageotte 0.5 mm 106 406 30 Malassez 0.2 mm 1 06 407 30 Thoma 0.1 mm 106 408 30 Thoma new 0.1 mm 1

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Depth of chamber Unit Without CE - mark, only for sale and application outside EC

Dark line 06 100 10 Neubauer-improved 0.1 mm 106 101 10 Neubauer 0.1 mm 106 102 10 Buerker 0.1 mm 106 103 10 Buerker-Tuerk 0.1 mm 106 104 10 Fuchs-Rosenthal 0.2 mm 106 105 10 Nageotte 0.5 mm 106 106 10 Malassez 0.2 mm 106 107 10 Thoma 0.1 mm 1

Bright line06 100 30 Neubauer-improved 0.1 mm 106 101 30 Neubauer 0.1 mm 106 102 30 Buerker 0.1 mm 106 103 30 Buerker-Tuerk 0.1 mm 106 104 30 Fuchs-Rosenthal 0.2 mm 1

xx xxx x1 For counting chambers with 2 clamps please amend Cat. No. accordingly

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Information on the use of counting chambers can be downloaded from our website.

Page 61: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

60

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Counting chambers Howard • for the investigation of fruit juices • depth of chamber: approx. 0.1 mm

Cat. No. Unit

06 109 40 counting chamber without cover glass with 2 counting lines approx. 1402 μm apart diameter of ring: approx. 18 mm internal, approx. 22 mm external 103 330 01 cover glass approx. 25 x 40 x 0.4 mm, ground edges without mask 103 340 02 cover glass approx. 25 x 40 x 0.4 mm, ground edges with chromium mask to facilitate counting with 5 x 5 wells each approx. 1.382 mm diameter 1

▲▲

Cat. No. Unit

06 110 40 counting chamber without cover glass without counting lines diameter of ring: approx. 20 mm internal, approx. 26 mm external 103 340 01 cover glass approx. 33 x 33 x 1 mm, ground edges with blue counting mask approx. 15 x 15 mm with 5 x 5 wells each approx. 1.382 mm diameter 103 340 02 cover glass approx. 25 x 40 x 0.4 mm, ground edges with chromium mask to facilitate counting with 5 x 5 wells each approx. 1.382 mm diameter 1

▲▲

▲▲

Counting chamberswith special depth (Petroff)

Cat. No. Special depth (Tol. ± 1 µm) Unit

Approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according toIVD directive 98/79/EC, with CE - mark

Dark line 06 420 10 Neubauer-improved 0.01 mm 106 421 10 Neubauer-improved 0.02 mm 1

Other types and special depths are available on request (smallest possible depth = 0.01 mm). Minimum order quantity: 10 pieces

06 109 40

03 340 02

06 110 40

03 340 01

Page 62: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

61

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Counting chambers McMaster with 3 grids • for counting worm eggs • suitable for liquid media • dimensions: approx. 127 x 26 mm • depth: approx. 1.5 mm • separate cover glass with 3 counting grids approx. 10 x 10 mm (divided

into 10 parts) • with 1 pair of clamps to fix the cover glass • ground edges and rounded corners

Cat. No. Unit

06 111 41 chamber complete 103 350 01 spare cover glass approx. 80 x 18 mm 1

▲▲

Counting chambers McMaster with 2 grids • for counting worm eggs • suitable for solid media • dimensions: approx. 75 x 32 mm • the cover glass with 2 counting grids approx. 10 x 10 mm (divided into

10 parts) on 3 supports affixed • distance between bottom plate and cover glass: approx. 1.5 mm

Cat. No. Unit

06 112 40 chamber complete 1

Cat. No. Unit

06 113 00 precision type made of glass with chromium deposited for phase contrast use with ground and chamfered edges 1 06 114 00 single type made of plastic 103 360 00 spare cover glass approx. 60 x 30 x 1 mm 1

▲▲

Counting chambers Sedgewick RafterCounting chambers acc. to Sedgewick Rafter are intended for counting of particles and microorganisms in water or other transparent liquids.

• the cell of 50 x 20 x 1 mm (= 1 cm³) is ruled in a 1 mm grid subdividing 1 ml in 1000 µl • supplied with cover glass approx. 60 x 30 x 1 mm

Page 63: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

62

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

HaemacytometersComplete set in a plastic case consisting of:

• 1 Marienfeld Superior counting chamber with double counting grid • 2 haemacytometer cover glasses with thickness 0.4 mm • each 1 blood diluting pipette Thoma red and white • 2 silicone tubings with approx. 16 cm length • each 1 plastic mouthpiece red and white • without CE - mark, only for sale and application outside EC

Cat. No. Depth of chamber Unit

Dark line 06 300 10 Neubauer-improved 0.1 mm 106 304 10 Fuchs-Rosenthal 0.2 mm 1

Bright line 06 300 30 Neubauer-improved 0.1 mm 106 304 30 Fuchs-Rosenthal 0.2 mm 1

For other types please send us your enquiry.

▲▲

Cat. No. Type Electric mains Unit

71 400 02 2001 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 171 100 02 2001 115 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

For connection to PCs, including software and plug 71 400 03 2001 PC 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 171 100 03 2001 PC 115 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

When pipetting, please note the safety regulations. Pipetting by mouth is dangerous. We disclaim any responsibility.

CellcounterThe electronic blood counter is designed for counting blood cells, but is also appropriate for counting any other particles.

• with digital display • with 6 functional keys, 15 individually nameable counting keys and 4 different

counting programmes. One of these programmes is freely configurable and programmable by the user. This enables the operator to program any kind of counting or analysis by himself. • percentual or real figures can be obtained • counting range up to max. 1000 • dimensions: 210 x 190 x 25 mm • individually packed in a carton • supplied with detailed operating instruction • with CE-mark

Page 64: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

63

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Blood diluting pipettes acc. to Thoma • for white blood corpuscles (leucocytes, proportion of dilution 1 : 10) or

for red blood corpuscles (erythrocytes, proportion of dilution 1 : 100) • in compliance with DIN ISO 12 750 • white back • blue graduation • tolerance: ± 3 % • divided into 10 parts • individually packed in poly bags, 10 pieces in a box

When pipetting, please note the safety regulations. Pipetting by mouth is dangerous. We disclaim any responsibility.

Cat. No. For Type Unit

Without CE-mark, only for sale and application outside EC

32 020 00 leucocytes with funnel top 1032 030 00 leucocytes without funnel top 10

32 050 00 erythrocytes with funnel top 10 32 060 00 erythrocytes without funnel top 10

Approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive 98/79/EC, with CE-mark

32 640 00 leucocytes with funnel top 1032 650 00 erythrocytes with funnel top 10

Cat. No. For Unit

Without CE-mark, only for sale and application outside EC

32 080 00 leucocytes 1032 090 00 erythrocytes 10

Blood diluting pipettes acc. to Malassez-Potain • for white blood corpuscles (leucocytes, proportion of dilution 1 : 10) or

for red blood corpuscles (erythrocytes, proportion of dilution 1 : 100) • white back • blue graduation • individually packed in poly bags, 10 pieces in a box

Page 65: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

64

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Type Multipack Unit

Without CE-mark, only for sale and application outside EC

32 450 35 with funnel top 40 x 25 2532 460 35 without funnel top 40 x 25 25

Approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according toIVD directive 98/79/EC, with CE-mark

32 660 35 with funnel top 25

Haemoglobin pipettes acc. to SahliHaemoglobin pipettes are used for dosing the blood which is to be examined.

• in compliance with DIN ISO 12 689 • capacity: 20 µl • white back • blue graduation • individually packed in poly bags, 25 pieces in a box

Cat. No. Colour Multipack

58 330 00 white 100 58 330 01 red 100

▲▲

Cat. No. Length Unit

59 030 00 16 cm 1059 030 01 25 cm 1059 030 02 40 cm 10

When pipetting, please note the safety regulations. Pipetting by mouth is dangerous. We disclaim any responsibility.

Tubings • made of transparent silicone • for blood diluting pipettes acc. to Thoma and Malassez-Potain • for haemoglobin pipettes acc. to Sahli • 5.5 mm outside diameter • 3.5 mm inside diameter • without CE - mark, only for sale and application outside EC

Mouthpieces • made of polystyrene • suitable for our tubings for blood diluting pipettes and haemoglobin pipettes • without CE - mark, only for sale and application outside EC

Page 66: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

65

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Multipack Unit

32 440 00 100 x 10 10

Cat. No. Multipack Unit

32 430 00 60 x 1 1

Comparator tubes • made of soda lime glass • with round bottom and beaded rim • with double coloured scale yellow/red • without CE - mark, only for sale and application outside EC

Cat. No. Length Diameter Unit

40 100 20 75 mm 6/7 mm 10040 100 70 150 mm 7/8 mm 200

▲▲

Rubber teats for dropping pipettes

Cat. No. Suction volume Colour Unit

59 020 02 approx. 0.8 ml red 100

Dropping pipettes • made of soda lime glass • with straight tip • with beaded rim • without rubber teat • handy packaging in a carton • without CE - mark, only for sale and application outside EC

Haemometers acc. to SahliHaemometers are used for the determination of blood’s content of haemoglo-bin. The Marienfeld Superior haemometer according to Sahli is supplied as complete set consisting of:

• polystyrene support with 2 coloured rods and opal glass plate • comparator tube • haemoglobin pipette 20 µl acc. to Sahli • silicone tubing of approx. 16 cm length • white mouthpiece • dropping pipette with rubber teat • stirring rod • acid vial • cleaning brush • directions for use • without CE - mark, only for sale and application outside EC

When pipetting, please note the safety regulations. Pipetting by mouth is dangerous. We disclaim any responsibility.

The scales of our comparator tubes are adjusted to our present haemo- meter’s coloured glass rod. The tubes are not to be used for application with haemometers we produced in the past or for those of other manufacturers.

Page 67: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

66

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Pasteur pipettes • made of soda lime glass • in compliance with DIN ISO 7712 • with long and fine tip • with constricted upper suction end to retain a cotton plug • for single use • handy packaging in boxes containing 250 pieces • 4 x 250 pieces resp. 8 x 250 pieces in a carton

Cat. No. Length Ø Tip mm Unit

Without cotton plug

32 330 49 150 mm 1.3 to 1.5 ext. / 1.1 to 1.2 int. 100032 330 50 230 mm 1.3 to 1.5 ext. / 1.1 to 1.2 int. 100032 330 53 150 mm 0.9 to 1.8 ext. 200032 330 54 230 mm 1.2 to 1.8 ext. 2000

With inserted cotton plug

32 340 49 150 mm 1.3 to 1.5 ext. / 1.1 to 1.2 int. 100032 340 50 230 mm 1.3 to 1.5 ext. / 1.1 to 1.2 int. 1000

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Capacity Multipack Unit 52 108 00 micro not graduated 6 x 500 50052 108 01 1 : 0.25 ml graduated 6 x 500 50052 108 02 3 : 0.50 ml graduated 6 x 500 500

▲▲

Cat. No. Unit 59 020 00 100

Pipetting aids for pasteur pipettes • made of natural rubber • capacity: approx. 2 ml • olive form • opening at rolled rim approx. 5 mm diameter

Transfer pipettes • made of polyethylene • length: approx. 150 mm • non-sterile • for single use

32 330 49-50

32 340 49-50

Page 68: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

67

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Blood sedimentation pipettesacc. to WestergrenIn case of suspected infectious diseases the erythrocyte sedimentation rate of blood is examined by means of sedimentation pipettes according to Westergren.

• made of AR® clear glass • length: approx. 300 mm • with white graduation 0 to 200 in 1 mm

Cat. No. Multipack Unit

Without CE - mark, only for sale and application outside EC

32 410 62 for macro method 55 x 24 2432 420 62 for micro method 55 x 24 24

Approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according toIVD directive 98/79/EC, with CE - mark

32 670 62 for macro method 55 x 24 2432 680 62 for micro method 55 x 24 24

▲▲

Cat. No. For Multipack

32 380 58 3 tests 10 32 380 60 6 tests 10 32 380 61 10 tests 10

Stands for blood sedimention pipettesacc. to WestergrenThe stands hold the blood sedimentation pipettes upright during examination of blood samples according to Westergren’s method.

• made of stainless steel • clamp is made of 8 x 8 mm anodised aluminium for enhanced protection • with tilting device for rapid method • with mixing tubes and rubber stoppers, without pipettes

Cat. No. Ø ext. Ø int. Multipack Unit 32 310 00 6.5 mm 2.9 mm 100 x 20 20

Haematocrit tubes acc. to Wintrobe • made of soda lime glass • with round bottom • with straight rim • with double numbered scale in red / white colour • graduation: 105 mm subdivided in 1 mm • without CE - mark, only for sale and application outside EC

Page 69: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

68

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Blood lancets • made of stainless steel of high grade quality X6 Cr 17

(in compliance with DIN EN 10088-2), chrome content 16 to 18 % • corrosion-resistant, free from nickel • with tip optimized for painless blood taking • sterile: sterilized by gamma irradiation in compliance with DIN EN 556 • for single use • individually packed in paper, 5 pieces in a stripe • 200 pieces in a box • 5 boxes in a carton, 10 cartons in an outer carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Multipack Unit 73 002 00 10 x 1000 1000

Cat. No. Gauge size/ Colour Application Multipack Penetration depth for 73 007 00 18G/1.2 mm yellow neonatal 200073 007 01 26G/1.8 mm pink blood glucose monitoring 200073 007 02 21G/1.8 mm blue thin skin 200073 007 03 21G/2.4 mm grey normal skin 200073 007 04 21G/2.8 mm green thick skin 2000

Safety lancets • with gamma-sterilised needle which remains fully secured in its casing –

before and after the penetration. This prevents injuries or infections and allows a safe handling. • the painless penetration is effected at high speed by pushing a button • different colours identify the gauge size and penetration depth • for secured single use • 100 pieces in a box, 20 boxes in a carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Twist the protective cap and pull it off (1) + (2). The lancet is now loaded automatically. Position the lancet at the skin and fire the sterile needle by pressing the button (3). The needle comes out and draws back immediately. Thus it is fully covered after use.

(1) (2) (3)

Page 70: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

69

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Micro pipettes ”end-to-end”Micro pipettes can dispense more accurately than conventional pipettes. The micro pipettes are used for dispensing very small amounts of liquids.

• made of glass • in compliance with DIN ISO 7550 • for single use • length: 29 ± 1 mm • 100 pieces in a colour coded dispenser vial, 10 vials in a box • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Capacity Unit

29 101 09 10 µl not heparinized 100029 101 10 20 µl not heparinized 100029 111 09 10 µl Sodium-heparinized (80 iu/ml) 100029 111 10 20 µl Sodium-heparinized (80 iu/ml) 1000

▲▲

Cat. No. Circular mark(s) at Ø ext. (± 0.05) Unit

29 201 07 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 µl 1.15 mm 100029 201 09 10 µl 1.25 mm 100029 201 10 20 µl 1.60 mm 100029 201 15 50 µl 1.50 mm 100029 201 16 100 µl 1.70 mm 100029 201 17 200 µl 2.25 mm 500

▲▲

▲▲

Micro pipettes with circular mark • made of glass • in compliance with DIN ISO 7550 • for single use • length: approx. 125 mm • not heparinized • as from 5 µl with colour coding according to ISO recommendations • 250 resp. 125 pieces in a round cardboard box, 4 boxes in a carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Micro pipettors • facilitate the sampling • very light and conveniently operated • suitable for micro pipettes with circular mark and other small pipettes up to

1 ml capacity (for example: blood diluting pipettes) • the integrated ejection device reduces the risk of infection through con-

taminated pipettes • autoclavable at 121 °C

Cat. No. Unit

29 604 08 1

Page 71: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

70

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Capillary tubes for the determinationof melting pointThese capillary tubes can be used for storage of small amounts of liquids or for the determination of melting point.

• made of glass • with rectangular cut edges • for single use • tolerance length: ± 1 mm • tolerance diameter: ± 0.05 mm • 100 resp. 50 pieces (Cat. No. 29 402 02) in a dispenser vial • 10 vials in a box

Cat. No. Length Ø ext. Ø int. Unit Both ends open

29 302 01 70 mm 1.20 mm 0.90 mm 100029 302 03 80 mm 0.60 mm 0.42 mm 100029 302 04 80 mm 0.80 mm 0.56 mm 100029 302 05 80 mm 1.00 mm 0.80 mm 100029 302 07 80 mm 1.55 mm 1.15 mm 100029 302 08 100 mm 1.00 mm 0.80 mm 100029 302 10 100 mm 1.55 mm 1.15 mm 1000

One end closed29 402 02 75 mm 2.00 mm 1.50 mm 50029 402 05 80 mm 1.00 mm 0.80 mm 100029 402 06 80 mm 1.30 mm 1.00 mm 100029 402 07 80 mm 1.55 mm 1.15 mm 100029 402 08 100 mm 1.00 mm 0.80 mm 100029 402 09 100 mm 1.20 mm 0.90 mm 100029 402 10 100 mm 1.55 mm 1.15 mm 1000

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 72: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

71

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Capillary tubes for microhaematocritsCapillary tubes for microhaematocrits are used for the centrifugation of blood samples. Heparinized capillaries should be used when the samples are not immediately sealed with wax and centrifuged. The heparinized coating delays the clotting of the blood. The heparinization is applied as a thin, homogenous coating on the tube. This enhances the immediate dissolving of the heparin in the blood and prevents agglutination.

• made of high grade quality glass • in compliance with DIN ISO 12 772 • length: approx. 75 mm ± 0.5 mm • wall thickness: approx. 0.2 ± 0.025 mm • sodium-heparinized (80 iu/ml ± 30%) or not heparinized available • the fire polishing at the colour coded end ensures that centrifuges are not

damaged • for single use • 100 pieces in a dispenser vial, 10 vials in a box • 70'000 pieces in a carton (Multipack) • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Ø int. Ø ext. Capacity Unit

Not heparinized

29 000 00 1.1 to 1.2 mm 1.5 to 1.6 mm 75 µl 100029 000 01 0.9 to 1.0 mm 1.3 to 1.4 mm 60 µl 1000

Sodium-heparinized

29 010 00 1.1 to 1.2 mm 1.5 to 1.6 mm 75 µl 100029 010 01 0.9 to 1.0 mm 1.3 to 1.4 mm 60 µl 1000

Sodium-heparinized, with ringmark at 60 mm

29 010 02 1.5 to 1.6 mm 0.5 to 0.6 mm 18 µl 1000

▲▲

Cat. No. Multipack Unit

29 604 09 100 x 6 6

Wax platesWax plates are used for sealing capillary tubes for microhematorcrits.

• 2 deposit areas on a plastic base • contain modelling clay and additives of food filler material and natural

bees wax. We consciously forego adding any chemicals which could affect the plastic material after some time. • numbered 1 to 48 • individually packed in poly bags, 6 pieces in a box

Page 73: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.72

Cat. No. For Ø tubes Diameter Unit

29 604 12 1.75 mm 0.6 mm 250029 604 13 2.3 mm 1.0 mm 2500

Cat. No. For Ø tubes Unit

29 604 14 1.75 mm 2 x 50029 604 15 2.3 mm 2 x 500

Blood gas capillary tubesBlood gas capillary tubes are capillaries for the analysis of blood gas, in parti-cular of oxygen and carbon dioxide.

• made of heavy-walled glass, with fire polished ends • sodium-heparinized • tolerance length: ± 1 mm • tolerance diameter: ± 0.05 mm • for single use • 250 pieces in a round cardboard box, 4 boxes in a carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Cat. No. Length Ø ext. Capacity min. Hep. iu/ml Unit

29 513 00 75 mm 2.3 mm 130.0 µl 80 100029 513 01 100 mm 2.3 mm 175.0 µl 80 100029 513 02 125 mm 2.3 mm 220.0 µl 80 100029 513 03 75 mm 1.75 mm 82.5 µl 240 100029 513 04 100 mm 1.75 mm 110.0 µl 127 100029 513 05 125 mm 1.75 mm 137.5 µl 80 1000

▲▲

Stirrers for blood gas capillary tubesFor mixing the sample in the capillary tube.

• made of spring steel • length: approx. 9 ± 1 mm • 250 pieces in a dispenser vial, 10 vials in a box • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Closure caps for blood gas capillary tubes • made of white rubber • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark, recommended best before date and batch number for comprehensive information and traceability

Page 74: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

73

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Centrifuge tubes • long conical type • dimensions: approx. 112/113 x 16/17 mm • capacity: approx. 15 ml • 100 pieces in a box

Cat. No. Unit

Soda lime glass, with beaded rim

39 100 02 ungraduated 10039 100 12 white graduated 1 to 10 : 0.1 ml, with mark at 15 ml 10039 100 22 white graduated 1 to 15 : 0.1 ml 100

Soda lime glass, straight rim

39 000 22 white graduated 1 to 15 : 0.1 ml 100

Borosilicate glass 3.3, with beaded rim

39 400 02 ungraduated 10039 400 22 white graduated 1 to 15 : 0.1 ml 100

▲▲

Cat. No. Length x Ø Unit

Straight rim 39 395 21 195 x 24 mm 10

With beaded rim39 495 01 100 x 34 mm 1039 495 11 135 x 30 mm 10

▲▲

Centrifuge tubes heavy walled • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • straight rim • ungraduated

Centrifuge tubes for determinationof solubility acc. to ADPI • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • conical type • blue graduated up to 20 ml, with mark at 50 ml

Cat. No. Length x Ø Capacity Wall (± 0.2) Unit

Short conical, angle 30°

39 060 01 98 x 16/17 mm 10 ml 1.2 mm 100

With round bottom

39 330 11 100 x 16 mm 12 ml 1.2 mm 5039 330 41 100 x 34 mm 50 ml 2.8 mm 1039 330 81 115 x 40 mm 80 ml 3.2 mm 10

Page 75: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

74

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Test tubes with round bottom, ungraduated

All dimensions of the test tubes are approximate.

▲▲

Cat. No. Length x Ø ext. Wall thickness Capacity Unit

Soda lime glass, with straight rim

37 003 18 75 x 10 mm 0.6 mm 4 ml 100037 003 23 75 x 12 mm 0.6 mm 6 ml 100037 003 34 100 x 12 mm 0.6 mm 9 ml 100037 005 44 100 x 16 mm 0.8 mm 14 ml 1240

37 005 52 130 x 16 mm 0.8 mm 20 ml 100037 005 62 150 x 16 mm 0.8 mm 23 ml 100037 005 79 160 x 16 mm 0.8 mm 25 ml 100037 007 84 180 x 18 mm 1.0 mm 35 ml 10037 008 96 200 x 25 mm 1.2 mm 75 ml 126

Soda lime glass, with beaded rim

37 023 23 75 x 12 mm 0.6 mm 6 ml 100037 023 34 100 x 12 mm 0.6 mm 9 ml 100037 023 52 130 x 16 mm 0.6 mm 20 ml 100037 023 79 160 x 16 mm 0.6 mm 25 ml 100037 027 84 180 x 18 mm 0.8 mm 35 ml 100

Borosilicate glass 5.1, with straight rimrelatively inured to rapid temperature changes and local heating

37 103 23 75 x 12 mm 0.6 mm 6 ml 100037 103 37 100 x 13 mm 0.6 mm 10 ml 100037 105 44 100 x 16 mm 0.7 mm 14 ml 100037 105 62 150 x 16 mm 0.7 mm 23 ml 1000

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Length x Ø ext. Wall thickness Capacity Unit

37 004 01 25 x 7 mm 0.7 mm 0.5 ml 100037 004 00 35 x 6 mm 0.7 mm 0.5 ml 100037 004 06 50 x 6 mm 0.7 mm 0.75 ml 1050

▲▲

Test tubes DurhamDurham tubes are mainly used in microbiology to detect gas produced by micro organisms. These special tubes are placed upside down in bigger test tubes.

• made of soda lime glass • with straight rim • with round bottom • ungraduated • 250 resp. 350 pieces in a box

Page 76: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

75

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Test tubes with screw caps (culture tubes)Test tubes with screw caps are suitable for transporting and growing of cultures.

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with white marking area • with screw thread and black screw cap including Butyl/PTFE sealing insert • sterilisable up to 110 °C • wall thickness: approx. 1.0 to 1.1 mm • ungraduated

Cat. No. Length x Ø ext. Thread Capacity Unit

37 377 37 100 x 13 mm 13 - 415 8 ml 10037 378 52 125 x 16 mm 15 - 415 16 ml 10037 378 62 150 x 16 mm 15 - 415 20 ml 100

▲▲

All dimensions of the test tubes are approximate.

Cat. No. Length x Diameter Capacity Unit

52 001 02 75 x 12 mm 5 ml 4000

Test and centrifuge tubes • made of high quality polystyrene • high optical transparency • optimal visibility of content • perfect rotation • suitable for centrifugation up to 2000 x g • suitable for temperature range from - 10 °C to + 60 °C • for single use • with round bottom • straight rim • ungraduated • 1000 pieces in a poly bag, 4 bags in a box

Page 77: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

76

www.marienfeld-superior.com2 Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Stands for test tubes • made of white polypropylene • break-resistant • suitable for water baths • autoclavable • stackable • demountable and hence space-savingly storable • dimensions: approx. 246 x 104 x 64 mm • separately available

Cat. No. Positions For tubes Ø Multipack

56 101 20 90 13 mm 50 56 101 23 60 16 mm 50 56 101 26 40 20 mm 50

▲▲

• made of unlacquered wood • low shape • with 2 levels • offers space for 12 tubes with diameter up to 18 mm

Cat. No. Dimensions

65 600 90 without draining rods 200 x 110 x 65 mm 65 641 20 with 6 draining rods 200 x 110 x 80 mm

Test tube holders • made of wood • with wire spring

Cat. No. Multipack Unit

65 690 00 for tubes up to 20 mm Ø 24 x 12 1265 690 10 for tubes up to 40 mm Ø 1 x 300 12

Cat. No. Total length Head: Length x Ø Unit

62 280 06 280 mm 70 x 15 mm 1062 280 09 280 mm 90 x 25 mm 10

▲▲

Test tube brushes • bristles with tufted end made of wool • galvanised wire handle with loop to hang-up

Page 78: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

77

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Blood testing

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Test tube shakers • makes the mixing of liquids in test tubes easy • upper part of case and top plate made of stainless steel • lower part of case made of acid-proof lacquered sheet steel • with opto-electronic regulated motor • speed range infinitely adjustable from 100 to 2800 r.p.m. • with soft-start function for smooth starting • for orbital shaking motions • for tubes up to 30 mm diameter • dimensions: approx. 156 x 150 x 110 mm • with CE -mark

Cat. No. Electric mains Unit

72 040 07 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 172 140 07 115 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

Test tube caps LabocapThese caps for test tubes are used in microbiological, bacteriological and bio-technological laboratories.They help to keep the contents in test tubes longer sterile, but are not hermetically sealed. Further advantages are their robust design and their high durability.

• made of high grade aluminium • with coloured anodized coating • without handle • stainless • heat-resistant • sterilizable • the built-in nickel chromium steel spring ensures a good grip onto the glasses • enables the circulation of air • washable with neutral cleansing material (max. 140 °C) • reusable

▲▲

Cat. No. For tubes Ø Colour Unit

66 020 05 12/13 mm silver 10066 020 08 15/16 mm silver 10066 020 11 17/18 mm silver 100

66 021 05 12/13 mm blue 10066 021 08 15/16 mm blue 10066 021 11 17/18 mm bue 100

66 022 05 12/13 mm red 10066 022 08 15/16 mm red 10066 022 11 17/18 mm red 100

These caps are also available in green, yellow, violet and black. Minimum quantity is 1000 pieces per type and order. Please send us your enquiry.

Page 79: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

78

www.marienfeld-superior.com2

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Urine testing

Urinometers • for specific gravity • with paper scale 1000 to 1060 • calibrated at 20 °C • without CE - mark, only for sale and application outside EC

Cat. No. Length Type Unit Acc. to Vogel

33 000 00 90 mm without thermometer 133 000 01 160 mm without thermometer 1

Acc. to Squibb, with shot-poised conical lower part

33 000 02 130 to 150 mm without thermometer 133 000 03 130 to 150 mm with thermometer 0 to 30 : 1 °C 1

Cat. No. Height Diameter Unit 33 000 04 175 mm 28 mm 10

Cat. No. Capacity Unit 54 161 09 1000 ml 6

Urinometer jars • made of soda lime glass • with round base and spout • ungraduated

Urinals • made of transparent polypropylene • autoclavable at 121 °C • with raised scale with subdivision 50 ml • with attached lid made of polyethylene (PE-LD)

Page 80: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

79

www.marienfeld-superior.com2Urine testing

Urine cups • made of polypropylene • pressure-resistant and break-resistant • with marking area and scale • non-sterile • 1000 pieces in a carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark

Cat. No. Capacity Division Unit

52 214 01 150 ml 125 : 25 ml / 4:1 oz 100052 214 02 200 ml 175 : 25 ml / 6:1 oz 1000

Cat. No. Capacity Dimensions Unit 52 216 01 15 ml 76 x 20 mm 100052 216 02 13 ml 100 x 16 mm 100052 216 03 30 ml 107 x 25 mm 500

Cat. No. Unit

52 114 03 blue, without pouring nozzle 100052 114 04 red, with pouring nozzle 1000

Lids for urine cups • made of polyethylene (PE-LD) • with frosted marking area • easy to close • leak-proof • non-sterile • 500 pieces in a poly bag, 2 bags in a box

Stool containers • made of polypropylene • approved for mailing of stool samples in compliance with DIN EN 829 • with brown overlapping screw cap und spoon • reliable and safe sealing • non-sterile • 1000 resp. 500 pieces in a poly bag and additionally in a carton • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - markNew

New

New

New

New

Page 81: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U
Page 82: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

81

List of contents

Brushes for burettesBrushes for cylindersBrushes for pipettes

Burettes, DaffertBurettes, Dr. Schilling

Burettes, MohrBurettes, Pellet

Clamps for burettesClamps for standard ground joints

Gas washing bottles, Drechsel Graduated cylinders Graduated pipettes

Microburettes, Bang & basesMixing cylinders

Nessler cylinders Oxygen bottles, Winkler

Pipette racksPipetting aidsPipette fillers

Reservoir bottles for burettes Rubber bellows for burettes

Rubber bulbs for pipettes Sedimentation cones & racks, Imhoff

Specific gravity bottles Standard ground joint stoppers

Stands for burettesVolumetric flasks

Volumetric pipettes

page

1049490105105100-101102-10310410310892-9487-891069595108909089103104891091079910496-9884-85

3Volumetric instruments

81

New

Page 83: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

82

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

Capacity Colour Number stripes

0.5 ml black 2 1 ml blue 1 2 ml orange 1 3 ml black 1 4 ml red 2 5 ml white 1 6 ml orange 2 7 ml green 2 8 ml blue 1 9 ml black 1 10 ml red 1 15 ml green 1 20 ml yellow 1 25 ml blue 1 30 ml black 1 40 ml white 1 50 ml red 1 75 ml green 1100 ml yellow 1

Colour coding for pipettesacc. to ISO recommendation

Volumetric pipettes

Capacity Colour Number stripes

0.1 : 0.001 ml green 20.2 : 0.001 ml blue 20.5 : 0.01 ml yellow 2 1 : 0.01 ml yellow 1 1 : 0.1 ml red 1 2 : 0.01 ml white 2 2 : 0.1 ml green 1 5 : 0.05 ml red 1 5 : 0.1 ml blue 110 : 0.1 ml orange 120 : 0.1 ml yellow 225 : 0.1 ml white 150 : 0.2 ml black 1

Graduated pipettes

Page 84: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

83

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Volumetric instruments

Page 85: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

84

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Volumetric pipettes, glassVolumetric pipettes are used to dose liquids. Only one circular mark showing the defined volume is printed on volumetric pipettes.

Volumetric pipettes are calibrated ”Ex” (to deliver): The imprinted volumerefers to the delivered amount of liquid.

Classification:

• Class B

• Class AS (fast delivery). ”A” stands for highest accuracy, ”S” for fast delivery. The tolerances of class AS are half of the tolerances of class B according to DIN ISO standards.

• Class AS conformity certified (fast delivery): Conformity means com- pliance with the German Calibration Regulations (DIN 12 600) and the relevant standards. By imprinting the conformity symbol ”H” we confirm that the measuring device complies with these conditions. A batch certificate of conformity is supplied together with every box. On request individual certificates of conformity are available.

Graduation:

Our volumetric pipettes are available with amber stain (standard) or blue graduation:

• the amber stain graduation penetrates into the glass surface and is, therefore, more resistant than the blue, fused-on enamel graduation

• the blue graduation is fused on the glass and resistant against most acid and alkaline solutions

• made of soda lime glass • especially formed tips and ends, bevelled and fire-polished • calibrated tips provide short and practice-oriented waiting time • with colour coding for easy identification • with indication of tolerance • with 1 circular mark

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

Class Bamber stain graduation, DIN 12 690

20 000 00 0.5 ml straight form ± 0.010 ml 5020 000 10 1 ml straight form ± 0.015 ml 5020 000 20 2 ml ± 0.020 ml 4020 000 30 3 ml ± 0.030 ml 3020 000 40 4 ml ± 0.030 ml 1020 000 50 5 ml ± 0.030 ml 1020 000 60 10 ml ± 0.040 ml 1020 000 70 15 ml ± 0.060 ml 2520 000 80 20 ml ± 0.060 ml 2520 000 90 25 ml ± 0.060 ml 2020 001 00 50 ml ± 0.100 ml 1020 001 10 100 ml ± 0.160 ml 6

xx xxx x1 For blue graduation please amend Cat. No. accordingly

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 86: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

www.marienfeld-superior.com3

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice. 85

Volumetric instruments

Do not mouth pipette! For recommen-ded pipetting aids please see pages 89 and 90.

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

Class ASamber stain graduation, DIN 12 691

20 020 00 0.5 ml straight form ± 0.005 ml 5020 020 10 1 ml straight form ± 0.007 ml 5020 020 20 2 ml ± 0.010 ml 4020 020 30 3 ml ± 0.015 ml 3020 020 40 4 ml ± 0.015 ml 1020 020 50 5 ml ± 0.015 ml 1020 020 60 10 ml ± 0.020 ml 1020 020 70 15 ml ± 0.030 ml 2520 020 80 20 ml ± 0.030 ml 2520 020 90 25 ml ± 0.030 ml 2020 021 00 50 ml ± 0.050 ml 1020 021 10 100 ml ± 0.080 ml 6

Class AS, conformity certified, with batch certificateamber stain graduation, DIN EN ISO 648(waiting time reduced to 5 seconds)

20 030 10 1 ml straight form ± 0.007 ml 5020 030 20 2 ml ± 0.010 ml 4020 030 30 3 ml ± 0.015 ml 3020 030 40 4 ml ± 0.015 ml 1020 030 50 5 ml ± 0.015 ml 1020 030 60 10 ml ± 0.020 ml 1020 030 70 15 ml ± 0.030 ml 2520 030 80 20 ml ± 0.030 ml 2520 030 90 25 ml ± 0.030 ml 2020 031 00 50 ml ± 0.050 ml 1020 031 10 100 ml ± 0.080 ml 6

xx xxx x1 For blue graduation please amend Cat. No. accordingly

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Volumetric pipettes, plastic • made of transparent polypropylene • break-resistant • calibrated ”Ex” (to deliver) • blue graduation • with 1 circular mark

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Length Unit 55 021 01 1 ml ± 0.02 ml 300 mm 12 55 021 02 2 ml ± 0.02 ml 300 mm 1255 021 03 5 ml ± 0.03 ml 300 mm 655 021 04 10 ml ± 0.04 ml 440 mm 655 021 05 25 ml ± 0.06 ml 450 mm 6 55 021 06 50 ml ± 0.10 ml 460 mm 6

Exposure to temperatures above 60 °C may affect accuracy. Therefore, cleaning with mild alkaline detergents up to 60 °C is recommended.

Volumetric pipettes, glass

Page 87: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

86

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

Graduated pipettes, glassPipettes with capacity graduation are used to dispense liquids. Graduated pipettes for complete delivery are called serological pipettes.

Graduated pipettes are calibrated ”Ex” (to deliver): The imprinted volumerefers to the delivered amount of liquid.

Classification:

• Class B (shortline graduation)

• Class AS (fast delivery, circular graduation at main points). ”A” stands for highest accuracy, ”S” for fast delivery. The tolerances of class AS are half of the tolerances of class B according to DIN ISO standards.

• Class AS conformity certified (fast delivery, circular graduation at main points): Conformity means compliance with the German Calibration Regulations and the relevant standards. By imprinting the conformity symbol ”H” we confirm that the measuring device complies with these conditions. A batch certificate of conformity is supplied together with every box. On request individual certificates of conformity are available.

Graduation:

Our graduated pipettes are available with amber stain (standard) or blue graduation:

• the amber stain graduation penetrates into the glass surface and is, therefore, more resistant than the blue, fused-on enamel graduation

• the blue graduation is fused on the glass and resistant against most acid and alkaline solutions

On request Marienfeld Superior graduated pipettes are also offered with Schellbach stripe. This stripe at the back of the instrument facilitates reading precisely the meniscus of a liquid.

• made of soda lime glass • low risk of breakage • especially formed tips and ends, bevelled and fire-polished • calibrated tips provide short and practice-oriented waiting time • with colour coding for easy identification • with indication of tolerance • as from 5 ml capacity with constricted upper end to retain cotton plug.

A cotton plug placed above the constriction prevents an overflow of the pipette. Furthermore, it can extend the waiting time and thereby influence the accuracy of the measuring. • well legible numbers and graduations • for complete delivery • graduated to tip, zero at top

Page 88: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

87

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Graduated pipettes, glass

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Multipack Unit

Class ASamber stain graduation, DIN 12 697 (0.1 and 0.2 ml: DIN 12 689)

19 020 00 0.1 : 0.001 ml ± 0.001 ml 39 x 24 2419 020 10 0.2 : 0.001 ml ± 0.002 ml 39 x 24 2419 020 30 0.5 : 0.01 ml ± 0.005 ml 39 x 24 2419 020 40 1 : 0.01 ml ± 0.006 ml 39 x 24 2419 020 50 1 : 0.1 ml ± 0.006 ml 39 x 24 2419 020 60 2 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 39 x 24 2419 020 70 2 : 0.02 ml ± 0.010 ml 39 x 24 2419 020 80 2 : 0.1 ml ± 0.010 ml 39 x 24 2419 020 90 5 : 0.05 ml ± 0.030 ml 55 x 12 1219 021 00 5 : 0.1 ml ± 0.030 ml 55 x 12 1219 021 10 10 : 0.1 ml ± 0.050 ml 55 x 12 1219 021 20 20 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 10 x 12 1219 021 30 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 10 x 10 1019 021 40 50 : 0.2 ml ± 0.20 ml 10 x 5 5

Class AS, conformity certified, with batch certificateamber stain graduation, DIN EN ISO 835(waiting time reduced to 5 seconds)

19 030 40 1 : 0.01 ml ± 0.006 ml 39 x 24 2419 030 70 2 : 0.02 ml ± 0.010 ml 39 x 24 2419 030 90 5 : 0.05 ml ± 0.030 ml 55 x 12 1219 031 00 5 : 0.1 ml ± 0.030 ml 55 x 12 1219 031 10 10 : 0.1 ml ± 0.050 ml 55 x 12 1219 031 20 20 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 10 x 12 1219 031 30 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 10 x 10 10

xx xxx x1 For blue graduation please amend Cat. No. accordingly

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Multipack Unit

Class Bamber stain graduation, DIN 12 696 (0.1 and 0.2 ml: DIN 12 689)

19 000 00 0.1 : 0.001 ml (”In”) ± 0.002 ml 39 x 24 2419 000 10 0.2 : 0.001 ml (”In”) ± 0.003 ml 39 x 24 2419 000 30 0.5 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 39 x 24 2419 000 40 1 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 39 x 24 2419 000 50 1 : 0.1 ml ± 0.010 ml 39 x 24 2419 000 60 2 : 0.01 ml ± 0.020 ml 39 x 24 2419 000 80 2 : 0.1 ml ± 0.020 ml 39 x 24 2419 000 90 5 : 0.05 ml ± 0.050 ml 55 x 12 1219 001 00 5 : 0.1 ml ± 0.050 ml 55 x 12 1219 001 10 10 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 55 x 12 1219 001 20 20 : 0.1 ml ± 0.20 ml 10 x 12 1219 001 30 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.20 ml 10 x 10 1019 001 40 50 : 0.2 ml ± 0.40 ml 10 x 5 5

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Do not mouth pipette! For recommen-ded pipetting aids please see pages 89 and 90.

Page 89: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

88

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Graduated pipettes blow-out • made of soda lime glass • low risk of breakage • especially formed tips and ends, bevelled and fire-polished • calibrated tips provide short and practice-oriented waiting time • with colour coding for easy identification • with indication of tolerance • as from 5 ml capacity with constricted upper end to retain cotton plug • well legible numbers and graduations • calibrated ”Ex” (to deliver) • for complete delivery • amber stain graduation • graduated to tip, zero at top

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Multipack Unit

Class B (circular graduation at main points)DIN 12 696

19 400 40 1 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 39 x 24 2419 400 50 1 : 0.1 ml ± 0.010 ml 39 x 24 2419 400 60 2 : 0.01 ml ± 0.020 ml 39 x 24 2419 400 90 5 : 0.05 ml ± 0.050 ml 55 x 12 1219 401 10 10 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 55 x 12 1219 401 20 20 : 0.1 ml ± 0.20 ml 10 x 12 1219 401 30 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.20 ml 10 x 10 1019 401 40 50 : 0.2 ml ± 0.40 ml 10 x 5 5Do not mouth pipette! For recommen-

ded pipetting aids please see pages 89 and 90.

Graduated pipettes for single use • made of clear polystyrene • break-resistant • with seamless formed pipette tip to avoid liquid residues • serologic • calibrated ”Ex” (to deliver) • black graduation • with extra-thin graduation for improved accuracy • with hydrophobic and coloured cotton plug for rapid identification and

perfectly controllable drain • sterile, SAL10(-6) • non pyrogenic • non cytotoxic • non haemolytic • individually packed in paper and plastic peel-packs • barcoded boxes and bags labelled with batch numbers provide traceability

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Colour of plug Multipack Unit

52 028 01 1 : 0.01 ml ± 2% yellow 4 x 500 50052 028 02 2 : 0.02 ml ± 2% green 4 x 500 50052 028 03 5 : 0.10 ml ± 2% blue 4 x 250 25052 028 04 10 : 0.1 ml ± 2% orange 4 x 200 20052 028 05 25 : 0.2 ml ± 2% red 4 x 100 10052 028 06 50 : 0.5 ml ± 2% violet 4 x 50 50

▲▲

Page 90: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

89

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Volumetric instruments

Pipette fillers • made of red rubber (natural caoutchouc) • suitable for all graduated and volumetric pipettes of diameter 6 to 8 mm • control of the functions by squeezing the appropriate valves between thumb

and forefinger • individually packed in foil with short instruction for use • 100 pieces in a carton (multipack)

Cat. No. Unit

59 000 00 Standard for pipettes up to 10 ml capacity, 3 valves 159 000 01 Universal for pipettes up to 100 ml capacity, 3 valves 159 000 02 FlipTM for pipettes up to 100 ml capacity, 2 valves with detachable automatic valve easy cleaning 1

▲▲

Rubber bulbs for graduatedand volumetric pipettes • made of rubber • different colours for quick and easy identification of the respective volume

Cat. No. Capacity Colour Unit

59 000 03 1 ml green 1059 000 04 2 ml grey 1059 000 05 5 ml yellow 1059 000 06 10 ml blue 1059 000 07 15 ml red 10

▲▲

▲▲

Graduated pipettes, plastic • made of transparent polypropylene • break-resistant • suction tube outer diameter max. 8 mm (* Cat. No. 55 020 18: 10 mm) • calibrated ”Ex” (to deliver) • blue graduation

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Length Unit

55 020 01 1 : 0.1 ml ± 0.02 ml 300 mm 12 55 020 02 2 : 0.1 ml ± 0.02 ml 300 mm 1255 020 03 5 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 330 mm 1255 020 04 10 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 320 mm 1255 020 18* 10 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 330 mm 12

Exposure to temperatures above 60 °C may affect accuracy. Therefore, cleaning with mild alkaline detergents up to 60 °C is recommended.

Page 91: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

90

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Pipetting aids for graduatedand volumetric pipettes • made of plastic • with hand wheel and drain valve lever. By turning the hand wheel the issue

quantity is easy to dose. • suitable for one-handed operation • different colours for rapid identification of the maximum volume

Cat. No. Capacity Colour Multipack Unit

58 410 00 0.2 ml yellow 10 158 410 01 2 ml blue 50 158 410 02 10 ml green 50 158 410 03 25 ml red 25 1

▲▲

Pipette racks • made of polypropylene • rotary rack with solid base for safe standing • rotary base unit protects the pipettes’ tips • 94 openings with different diameters for graduated pipettes and volumetric

pipettes of all sizes • supplied flat-packed, assembly instruction included

Cat. No. Diameter Height Unit

56 101 00 230 mm 470 mm 2

Brushes for pipettes • nylon bristles on zinc-coated wire • with loop to hang-up

Cat. No. Total length Head: length x Ø Unit

62 050 24 520 mm 100 x 5 mm 10

Macro-pipetting aidsThe convenient arrangement of functions and the little weight (only 106 g) facilitate your work when you have to do serial pipetting.

• suitable for graduated and volumetric pipettes from 0.1 to 200 ml capacity • autoclavable at 121 °C • with hydrophobic membrane filter for protection against entering liquidity • a spare filter is included in the delivery

Cat. No. Colour Unit

58 275 00 grey 1

New

Page 92: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

91

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Volumetric instruments

Page 93: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

92

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Graduated cylinders, glassClassification: • Class B (shortline graduation)

• Class A (circular graduation at main points) The tolerances are half of the tolerances of class B according to DIN ISO standards.

• Class A conformity certified (circular graduation at main points): Conformity means compliance with the German Calibration Regulations and the relevant standards. By imprinting the conformity symbol ”H” we confirm that the measuring device complies with these conditions. A batch certificate of conformity is supplied together with every box. On request individual certificates of conformity are available.

Graduation: • the blue graduation is fused on the glass and resistant against most acid

and alkaline solutions

• the amber stain graduation penetrates into the glass surface and is, there- fore, more resistant than the blue, fused-on enamel graduation

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN EN ISO 4788 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • calibrated ”In” (to contain) • well legible numbers and graduations • with spout • with hexagonal base

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

Tall form, class Bamber stain graduation

21 030 00 5 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 1021 030 30 10 : 0.2 ml ± 0.20 ml 1021 030 40 25 : 0.5 ml ± 0.50 ml 1021 030 60 50 : 1 ml ± 1.0 ml 1021 030 80 100 : 1 ml ± 1.0 ml 1021 031 10 250 : 2 ml ± 2.0 ml 1021 031 40 500 : 5 ml ± 5.0 ml 1021 031 60 1000 : 10 ml ± 10.0 ml 1021 031 80 2000 : 20 ml ± 20.0 ml 10

Low form, class Bblue graduation21 260 30 10 : 1 ml ± 0.5 ml 1021 260 50 25 : 1 ml ± 0.5 ml 1021 260 70 50 : 2 ml ± 1.0 ml 1021 260 90 100 : 2 ml ± 1.0 ml 1021 261 20 250 : 5 ml ± 5.0 ml 1021 261 50 500 : 10 ml ± 10.0 ml 1021 261 70 1000 : 20 ml ± 20.0 ml 10

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 94: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

93

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

Tall form, class Ablue graduation

21 060 21 10 : 0.2 ml ± 0.10 ml 1021 060 41 25 : 0.5 ml ± 0.25 ml 1021 060 61 50 : 1 ml ± 0.50 ml 1021 060 81 100 : 1 ml ± 0.50 ml 1021 061 11 250 : 2 ml ± 1.0 ml 1021 061 41 500 : 5 ml ± 2.5 ml 1021 061 61 1000 : 10 ml ± 5.0 ml 1021 061 81 2000 : 20 ml ± 10.0 ml 10

Tall form, class A conformity certified, with batch certificateblue graduation

21 060 22 10 : 0.2 ml ± 0.10 ml 1021 060 42 25 : 0.5 ml ± 0.25 ml 1021 060 62 50 : 1 ml ± 0.50 ml 1021 060 82 100 : 1 ml ± 0.50 ml 1021 061 12 250 : 2 ml ± 1.0 ml 1021 061 42 500 : 5 ml ± 2.5 ml 1021 061 62 1000 : 10 ml ± 5.0 ml 1021 061 82 2000 : 20 ml ± 10.0 ml 10

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Graduated cylinders, plastic • made of transparent polypropylene • class B in compliance with DIN 12 681 / ISO 6706 • break-resistant • calibrated ”In” (to contain) • with ring-moulded graduation overprinted in blue and ring mark at the main

points • tall form • with spout and hexagonal base • autoclavable at 121 °C • maximum operating temperature: 125 °C

Cat. No. Capacity Height Ø Unit

55 001 04 10 : 0.2 ml 140 mm 16 mm 1255 001 05 25 : 0.5 ml 169 mm 21 mm 1255 001 06 50 : 1 ml 199 mm 28 mm 1255 001 07 100 : 1 ml 260 mm 34 mm 1255 001 09 250 : 2 ml 315 mm 47 mm 655 001 11 500 : 5 ml 350 mm 61 mm 655 001 13 1000 : 10 ml 415 mm 76 mm 655 001 14 2000 : 20 ml 482 mm 97 mm 3

Graduated cylinders, glass

Page 95: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

94

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Graduated cylinders with plastic base • made of soda lime glass • in compliance with DIN EN ISO 4788 • calibrated ”In” (to contain) • autoclavable (without plastic base) • well legible numbers and graduations • with spout • with hexagonal base made of white plastic (PE)

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

Tall form, class Bamber stain graduation

21 800 30 10 : 0.2 ml ± 0.20 ml 1021 800 40 25 : 0.5 ml ± 0.50 ml 1021 800 60 50 : 1 ml ± 1.0 ml 1021 800 80 100 : 1 ml ± 1.0 ml 1021 801 10 250 : 2 ml ± 2.0 ml 1021 801 40 500 : 5 ml ± 5.0 ml 1021 801 60 1000 : 10 ml ± 10.0 ml 10

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Protective collars for graduated cylinders • made of polyethylene (PE) • different colours for each capacity of cylinder • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces

Cat. No. For graduated cylinders Colour

58 151 00 10 ml blue 58 151 01 25 ml green 58 151 02 50 ml red 58 151 03 100 ml orange 58 151 04 250 ml yellow 58 151 05 500 ml light blue 58 151 06 1000 ml violet

Cat. No. Total length Head: length x Ø Unit

62 050 26 520 mm 100 x 20 mm 1062 050 27 520 mm 100 x 40 mm 1062 050 28 520 mm 100 x 60 mm 10

Brushes for cylinders • bristles with tufted end made of wool • galvanised wire handle with loop to hang-up

New

Page 96: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

95

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Mixing cylindersMixing cylinders with stoppers are useful when liquids have to be shaken or to impede evaporation of liquids.

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN EN ISO 4788 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • calibrated ”In” (to contain) • well legible numbers and graduations • with hexagonal base • with standard ground joint and poly stopper (PE)

Cat. No. Capacity Ground joint Tolerance Unit

Tall form, class Bblue graduation (shortline)

22 260 10 10 : 0.2 ml NS 10/19 ± 0.20 ml 1022 260 20 25 : 0.5 ml NS 14/23 ± 0.50 ml 1022 260 30 50 : 1 ml NS 19/26 ± 1.0 ml 1022 260 40 100 : 1 ml NS 24/29 ± 1.0 ml 1022 260 50 250 : 2 ml NS 29/32 ± 2.0 ml 1022 260 60 500 : 5 ml NS 34/35 ± 5.0 ml 1022 260 70 1000 : 10 ml NS 45/40 ± 10.0 ml 10

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Nessler cylinders Nessler cylinders are used for comparison of colour and turbidity between solutions.

• made of soda lime glass • calibrated ”In” (to contain) • with white circular mark • with spout • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces each type

Cat. No. Mark at Heigth (Tol. ± 2) Ø ext. (Tol. ± 1)

Low form

28 000 11 50 ml 175 mm 26 mm 28 000 12 100 ml 200 mm 32 mm

Tall form

28 000 14 50 ml 265 mm 21 mm 28 000 15 100 ml 320 mm 26 mm

▲▲

Page 97: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

96

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Volumetric flasks with ground joint, clear glass • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 (amber glass: dyed brown) • in compliance with DIN EN ISO 1042 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • calibrated ”In” (to contain) • with 1 circular mark • printed with fused-on enamel colour resistant against most acid and

alkaline solutions • supplied with NS poly stopper • glass stoppers to be ordered separately

Conformity means compliance with the German Calibration Regulations and the relevant standards. By imprinting the conformity symbol ”H” we confirm that the measuring device complies with these conditions. A batch certificate of conformity is supplied together with eve-ry box. On request individual certificates of conformity are available.

Cat. No. Capacity Ground joint Tolerance Unit

Class Ablue graduation

23 321 61 5 ml NS 7/16 ± 0.025 ml 1023 321 71 5 ml NS 10/19 ± 0.040 ml 1023 321 81 10 ml NS 7/16 ± 0.025 ml 1023 321 91 10 ml NS 10/19 ± 0.040 ml 1023 322 01 20 ml NS 10/19 ± 0.040 ml 1023 322 11 25 ml NS 10/19 ± 0.040 ml 1023 322 21 50 ml NS 12/21 ± 0.060 ml 1023 322 31 50 ml NS 14/23 ± 0.060 ml 10

23 322 41 100 ml NS 12/21 ± 0.100 ml 1023 322 51 100 ml NS 14/23 ± 0.100 ml 1023 322 61 200 ml NS 14/23 ± 0.150 ml 1023 322 71 250 ml NS 14/23 ± 0.150 ml 1023 322 81 500 ml NS 19/26 ± 0.250 ml 1023 322 91 1000 ml NS 24/29 ± 0.400 ml 1023 323 01 2000 ml NS 29/32 ± 0.600 ml 523 323 11 5000 ml NS 34/35 ± 1.200 ml 1

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Class Aconformity certified, with batch certificateblue graduation

23 321 62 5 ml NS 7/16 ± 0.040 ml 1023 321 82 10 ml NS 7/16 ± 0.040 ml 1023 322 02 20 ml NS 10/19 ± 0.040 ml 1023 322 12 25 ml NS 10/19 ± 0.040 ml 1023 322 22 50 ml NS 12/21 ± 0.060 ml 1023 322 42 100 ml NS 12/21 ± 0.100 ml 1023 322 62 200 ml NS 14/23 ± 0.150 ml 1023 322 72 250 ml NS 14/23 ± 0.150 ml 1023 322 82 500 ml NS 19/26 ± 0.250 ml 1023 322 92 1000 ml NS 24/29 ± 0.400 ml 1023 323 02 2000 ml NS 29/32 ± 0.600 ml 523 323 12 5000 ml NS 34/35 ± 1.200 ml 1

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 98: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

97

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Capacity Ground joint Tolerance Unit

Class Awhite graduation

23 331 61 5 ml NS 7/16 ± 0.025 ml 1023 331 71 5 ml NS 10/19 ± 0.040 ml 1023 331 81 10 ml NS 7/16 ± 0.025 ml 1023 331 91 10 ml NS 10/19 ± 0.040 ml 1023 332 01 20 ml NS 10/19 ± 0.040 ml 1023 332 11 25 ml NS 10/19 ± 0.040 ml 1023 332 21 50 ml NS 12/21 ± 0.060 ml 1023 332 31 50 ml NS 14/23 ± 0.100 ml 1023 332 41 100 ml NS 12/21 ± 0.100 ml 1023 332 51 100 ml NS 14/23 ± 0.100 ml 1023 332 61 200 ml NS 14/23 ± 0.150 ml 1023 332 71 250 ml NS 14/23 ± 0.150 ml 1023 332 81 500 ml NS 19/26 ± 0.250 ml 1023 332 91 1000 ml NS 24/29 ± 0.400 ml 1023 333 01 2000 ml NS 29/32 ± 0.600 ml 523 333 11 5000 ml NS 34/35 ± 1.200 ml 1

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Volumetric flasks with beaded rim, clear glass • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN EN ISO 1042 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • calibrated ”In” (to contain) • with 1 circular mark • printed with fused-on enamel colour resistant against most acid and

alkaline solutions

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

Class Ablue graduation

23 220 01 5 ml ± 0.025 ml 1023 220 11 10 ml ± 0.025 ml 1023 220 21 20 ml ± 0.040 ml 1023 220 31 25 ml ± 0.040 ml 1023 220 41 50 ml ± 0.060 ml 1023 220 51 100 ml ± 0.100 ml 1023 220 61 200 ml ± 0.150 ml 1023 220 71 250 ml ± 0.150 ml 1023 220 81 500 ml ± 0.250 ml 1023 220 91 1000 ml ± 0.400 ml 1023 221 01 2000 ml ± 0.600 ml 523 221 11 5000 ml ± 1.200 ml 1

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Volumetric flasks with ground joint,amber glass

Page 99: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

98

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Volumetric flasks for sugar analysis • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 (clear glass) • for analysis of sugar juices • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • class A • blue graduation • with 2 circular marks • with beaded rim

Cat. No. With 2 marks at Unit

23 221 21 50 + 55 ml 1023 221 31 100 + 110 ml 1023 221 41 200 + 220 ml 10

Volumetric flasks, plastic • made of transparent polypropylene • tolerances better than class B acc. to DIN EN ISO 1042 • calibrated ”In” (to contain) • with circular mark individually calibrated • with screw cap made of polypropylene (PP) • autoclavable at 121 °C • maximum operating temperature: 125 °C

Cat. No. Capacity Height Thread Unit

55 006 04 10 ml 100 mm GL 18 655 006 05 25 ml 115 mm GL 18 655 006 06 50 ml 150 mm GL 18 655 006 07 100 ml 180 mm GL 18 655 006 09 250 ml 235 mm GL 25 555 006 11 500 ml 270 mm GL 25 455 006 13 1000 ml 310 mm GL 32 3

Page 100: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

99

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Standard ground joint stoppers • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • very good chemical resistance • with standard ground joint in compliance with DIN 12 252 • hollow • with hexagonal grip • with closed tip

• made of polyethylene (PE) • with octagonal grip for easy opening and closing • with red insert • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces

Cat. No. Ground joint 54 021 28 NS 7/16 54 021 29 NS 10/19 54 021 30 NS 12/21 54 021 31 NS 14/23 54 021 32 NS 19/26 54 021 33 NS 24/29 54 021 34 NS 29/32 54 021 35 NS 34/35 54 021 36 NS 45/40 54 021 37 NS 60/46

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Ground joint Unit

48 200 00 NS 7/16 10 48 200 01 NS 10/19 1048 200 02 NS 12/21 1048 200 03 NS 14/23 1048 200 04 NS 19/26 1048 200 05 NS 24/29 1048 200 06 NS 29/32 1048 200 07 NS 34/35 10 48 200 08 NS 45/40 10

48 210 00 NS 7/16 10048 210 01 NS 10/19 10048 210 02 NS 12/21 10048 210 03 NS 14/23 10048 210 04 NS 19/26 10048 210 05 NS 24/29 10048 210 06 NS 29/32 100

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 101: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

100

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Burettes acc. to MohrBurettes are calibrated volumetric instruments with graduations and ground-in stopcocks. They are used in laboratories for quantitative measurements of smaller liquid volumes in titration.

Burettes are calibrated ”Ex” (to deliver): The imprinted volume corresponds to the delivered quantity of liquid.

Classification:

• Class B (shortline graduation)

• Class AS (fast delivery, circular graduation at main points). ”A” stands for highest accuracy, ”S” for fast delivery. The tolerances of class AS are half of the tolerances of class B according to DIN ISO standards.

• Class AS conformity certified (fast delivery, circular graduation at main points): Conformity means compliance with the German Calibration Regula-tions and the relevant standards. By imprinting the conformity symbol ”H” we confirm that the measuring device complies with these conditions. A batch certificate of conformity is supplied together with every box. On request indivi-dual certificates of conformity are available.

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 (amber glass: dyed brown) • in compliance with DIN EN ISO 385 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • blue graduation • well legible numbers and graduations • 2 pieces in a sturdy carton

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

Class B, with NS glass plug, clear glass

24 020 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 020 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 020 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 020 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 224 020 41 100 : 0.2 ml 2

Class B, with NS glass plug, with Schellbach stripe

24 030 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 030 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 030 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 030 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 224 030 41 100 : 0.2 ml 2

Class B, with NS PTFE plug, clear glass

24 021 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 021 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 021 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 021 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 224 021 41 100 : 0.2 ml 2

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 102: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

101

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

Class B, with NS PTFE plug, with Schellbach stripe

24 031 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 031 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 031 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 031 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 224 031 41 100 : 0.2 ml 2

Class AS, with NS glass plug, clear glass

24 220 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.02 ml 224 220 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.03 ml 224 220 21 25: 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 220 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 220 41 100 : 0.2 ml 2

Class AS, with NS PTFE plug, clear glass24 221 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.02 ml 224 221 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.03 ml 224 221 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 221 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 221 41 100 : 0.2 ml 2

Class AS, with NS glass plug, clear glassmade of KPG precision tubing, calibrated at 5 points conformity certified, with batch certificate

24 320 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.02 ml 224 320 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.03 ml 224 320 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 320 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 320 41 100 : 0.2 ml 2

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Burettes acc. to Mohr

Further types made of amber glass or burettes with screw valve are available on request.

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

Class B, with NS glass plug, amber glasswhite graduation

24 060 02 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 060 12 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 060 22 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 060 32 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 224 060 42 100 : 0.2 ml 2

Class B, with NS PTFE plug, amber glasswhite graduation24 061 02 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 061 12 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 061 22 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 224 061 32 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 224 061 42 100 : 0.2 ml 2

▲▲

Page 103: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

102

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Automatic burettes acc. to PelletBurettes are calibrated volumetric instruments with graduations and ground-in stopcocks. They are used in laboratories for quantitative measurements of smaller liquid volumes in titration.

Burettes are calibrated ”Ex” (to deliver): The imprinted volume corresponds to the delivered quantity of liquid.

The Schellbach stripe facilitates reading precisely the meniscus of a liquid.

Classification:

• Class B (shortline graduation)

• Class AS (fast delivery, circular graduation at main points). ”A” stands for highest accuracy, ”S” for fast delivery. The tolerances of class AS are half of the tolerances of class B according to DIN ISO standards.

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 (clear glass) • in compliance with DIN EN ISO 385 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with automatic zero adjustment • without intermediate stopcock • blue graduation • well legible numbers and graduations • 2 pieces in a sturdy carton • bottles and rubber bellows can be ordered separately

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

With NS glass plug in delivery stopcock

Class B

25 020 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.05 ml 225 020 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.05 ml 225 020 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 225 020 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 2

Class B, with Schellbach stripe

25 030 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.05 ml 225 030 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.05 ml 225 030 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 225 030 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 2

Class AS

25 220 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.02 ml 225 220 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.03 ml 225 220 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 225 220 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 2

Class AS, with Schellbach stripe

25 230 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.02 ml 225 230 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.03 ml 225 230 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 225 230 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 2

Page 104: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

103

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Pellet burettes made of amber glass are available on request.

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

With NS PTFE plug in delivery stopcock

Class AS

25 221 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.02 ml 225 221 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.03 ml 225 221 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 225 221 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 2

Class AS, with Schellbach stripe

25 231 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.02 ml 225 231 11 25 : 0.05 ml ± 0.03 ml 225 231 21 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 225 231 31 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 2

Automatic burettes acc. to Pellet

Clamps for standard ground jointsClamps for standard ground joints are used to securely link the socket and the cone. In addition to their excellent resilience our clamps also offer stability. Furthermore, the materials used for our clamps avoid scratching on the glass surfaces.

• made of plastic (POM) • very good chemical resistance • maximum operating temperature: 150 °C • different colours for rapid identification of respective ground joint sizes

Cat. No. For Colour Multipack 58 365 00 NS 10/19 black 10 58 365 01 NS 12/21 violet 10 58 365 02 NS 14/23 yellow 10 58 365 03 NS 19/26 blue 10 58 365 04 NS 24/29 green 10 58 365 05 NS 29/32 red 10 58 365 06 NS 34/35 orange 10 58 365 07 NS 45/40 amber 10

▲▲

▲▲

Reservoir bottles for burettes • made of soda lime glass • with ground joint NS 29/32, without stopper

Cat. No. Capacity Multipack Unit 36 190 09 2000 ml clear glass 3 x 2 236 191 09 2000 ml amber glass 3 x 2 2

Page 105: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

104

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Rubber bellows for burettes • made of red PVC • single, with valve and tubing

Cat. No. Capacity Multipack

59 010 00 approx. 65 ml 50

Cat. No.

66 100 01 for 1 burette 66 100 03 for 2 burettes

▲▲

Brushes for burettes • bristles with protection cap • galvanised wire handle with loop to hang-up

Cat. No. Total length Head: Length x Ø Unit

62 100 29 100 cm 150 x 30 mm 10

Clamps for burettes • nickel-plated zinc die-casting • clamps and jaw dies are plastic coated • span width: 0 to 40 mm

Stands for burettes • to be assembled by a base plate made of powder-coated steel with rubber

feet and a zinc-coated rod with thread M10 • non-slipping stand due to its rubber feet

Cat. No. Plate: Length x width 66 474 00 180 x 100 mm 66 474 02 210 x 130 mm

Cat. No. Rod: Length x Ø 66 476 00 450 x 12 mm 66 476 01 750 x 12 mm

Page 106: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

105

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Volumetric instruments

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Automatic burettes acc. to Dr. Schilling • with automatic zero adjustment • class B • the Schellbach stripe at the back of the clear glass burette facilitates

reading precisely the meniscus of a liquid • calibrated ”Ex” (to deliver) • with high grade pinchcock • complete with plastic bottle and stable plastic base (red) • top of burette is provided with an overflow tube • bottle and burette are firmly fixed by the fitting • suitable for left- and right-handers • 2 pieces in a sturdy carton

Cat. No. Capacity burette Capacity bottle Fitting Unit

Clear glass, with Schellbach stripeblue graduation

26 004 00 5 : 0.05 ml 500 ml blue 226 006 00 10 : 0.05 ml 500 ml blue 226 008 00 25 : 0.1 ml 1000 ml red 226 010 00 50 : 0.1 ml 1000 ml red 2

Amber glasswhite graduation

26 004 03 5 : 0.05 ml 500 ml blue 226 006 03 10 : 0.05 ml 500 ml blue 226 008 03 25 : 0.1 ml 1000 ml red 226 010 03 50 : 0.1 ml 1000 ml red 2

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

26 508 41 25 : 0.1 ml ± 0.05 ml 426 510 41 50 : 0.1 ml ± 0.10 ml 4

Burettes acc. to Daffert • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN EN ISO 385 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with automatic zero adjustment • calibrated ”Ex” (to deliver) • class AS (fast delivery, circular graduation at main points) • with blue graduation and Schellbach stripe at the back of the instrument.

This stripe facilitates reading precisely the meniscus of a liquid. • double oblique bore stopcock with ground joint PTFE plug for convenient

change between filling and titrating • 4 pieces in a sturdy carton

Page 107: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

106

www.marienfeld-superior.com3 Volumetric instruments

Microburettes acc. to Bang • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN EN ISO 385 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • class AS (fast delivery, circular graduation at main points) • calibrated ”Ex” (to deliver) • with blue graduation and Schellbach stripe at the back of the instrument.

This stripe facilitates reading precisely the meniscus of a liquid. • 4 pieces in a sturdy carton

Cat. No. Capacity Tolerance Unit

Straight stopcock, with NS glass plug in delivery stopcock and in stopcock of filling tube

26 300 01 1 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 426 301 01 2 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 426 302 01 5 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 426 305 01 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.020 ml 4

Straight stopcock, with NS PTFE plug in delivery stopcock and in stopcock of filling tube

26 300 11 1 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 426 301 11 2 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 426 302 11 5 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 426 305 11 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.020 ml 4

Lateral fine regulation stopcock with PTFE screw valve and stopcock of filling tube with PTFE plug

26 400 21 1 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 426 401 21 2 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 426 402 21 5 : 0.01 ml ± 0.010 ml 426 405 21 10 : 0.02 ml ± 0.020 ml 4

Bases for microburettes acc. to Bang • for steady hold of microburettes with lateral stopcock • made of metal and wood

Cat. No. Unit

66 220 00 2

Page 108: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

107

www.marienfeld-superior.com3

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Density measurement

Specific gravity bottles acc. to Gay-LussacThe specific gravity bottle is a measuring device to determine the density of liquids.

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • pear-shaped • with ground-in glass stopper • the calibrated versions show the actual capacity ± 0.001 ml. The exact

capacity is durably engraved into the glass.

Cat. No. Capacity Unit

Not calibrated

27 020 00 5 ml 227 030 00 10 ml 227 040 00 25 ml 227 050 00 50 ml 227 060 00 100 ml 2

Calibrated at 20 °C (”In”)

27 100 00 1 ml 227 110 00 2 ml 227 120 00 5 ml 227 130 00 10 ml 227 140 00 25 ml 227 150 00 50 ml 227 160 00 100 ml 2

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Specific gravity bottleswith ground joint thermometer NS 10/19 • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • lateral capillary tube with glass cap on ground joint • measuring range of thermometer: 10 to 35 °C • mercury filling • calibrated at 20 °C (”In”) showing the actual capacity ± 0.001 ml. The exact

capacity is durably engraved into the glass.

Cat. No. Capacity Unit

27 220 00 5 ml 227 230 00 10 ml DIN 12 809 227 240 00 25 ml DIN 12 809 227 250 00 50 ml DIN 12 809 227 260 00 100 ml 2

▲▲

Page 109: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

108

www.marienfeld-superior.com3

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Density measurement

Oxygen bottles acc. to WinklerFor the determination of oxygen dissolved in water.

• made of clear glass • with ground-in stopper • with frosted marking area • exact volume is engraved on the flask • tolerance: ± 0.1 ml • stopper and bottle show identical number and cannot be exchanged

Cat. No. Capacity Multipack

36 180 16 100 to 150 ml 48 36 180 17 250 to 300 ml 30

▲▲

Gas washing bottles acc. to Drechsel • the set is to be combined by the gas washing bottle and the required head

with standard ground joint 29/32 • components can be ordered separately

Cat. No. Multipack

Bottle only, NS 29/32soda lime glass

48 002 00 100 ml 10 48 002 01 250 ml 10 48 002 02 500 ml 10

Head only, NS 29/32borosilicate glass Duran®

48 203 03 without sintered disc 10 48 205 03 with sintered disc of porosity 1 10

▲▲

Page 110: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

109

www.marienfeld-superior.com3Density measurement

Racks for sedimentation cones • made of wood • for steady hold of 2 sedimentation cones without stopcock

Cat. No. Unit

65 300 10 1

Sedimentation conesSedimentation cones according to Imhoff are used for determination of sedi-mentable particles in water.

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN 12 672 • white graduation

Cat. No. Unit

With stopcock

28 000 01 graduated 0 to 100 ml, with mark at 1000 ml 228 000 03 graduated 0 to 1000 ml 2

Without stopcock

28 000 00 graduated 0 to 100 ml, with mark at 1000 ml 228 000 02 graduated 0 to 1000 ml 2

Page 111: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U
Page 112: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

List of contents

Annealing dishesAquarium jars

Aspirator bottlesBeakers & accessories

Beaker tongs Brushes for bottles

Bottles with round shoulderBunsen funnels

Combustion boatsCrucible tongs

Crucibles & lidsCrystallizing dishesDesiccators & discs

Dressing jarsDropping bottles & screw caps

Drying racksErlenmeyer flasks

Evaporating dishes Filtering flasks

Flat bottom flasksFlask tongs

FunnelsFunnels acc. to Buechner

Laboratory bottles & spare partsLead rings

Measuring jugs, plasticMedicine cups, plastic

Medicine glassesMortars & pestles

Reagent bottlesRound bottom flasks

Separatory funnelsSquare bottles

Standard ground joint stoppersStorage bottles

Thread bottles & screw capsWashing bottles

Water jet filter pumpsWide neck thread bottles GLS80

page

144138135112-113112125137118144140142139123138131-134145114-115140-141122117118119144124-127118113145145140,143131,136116120-121127115135128-129130122127

4Laboratory containers

111

New

New

New

New

Page 113: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

112

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Capacity Division Diameter Height Unit

Niedere Form (Griffinbecher)

41 100 00 5 ml 2.5 ml 22 mm 30 mm 1041 100 01 10 ml 2.5 ml 26 mm 35 mm 1041 100 02 25 ml 5 ml 34 mm 50 mm 1041 100 03 50 ml 10 ml 42 mm 60 mm 1041 100 04 100 ml 10 ml 50 mm 70 mm 1041 100 05 150 ml 25 ml 60 mm 80 mm 1041 100 07 250 ml 25 ml 70 mm 95 mm 1041 100 09 400 ml 50 ml 80 mm 110 mm 1041 100 11 600 ml 50 ml 90 mm 125 mm 1041 100 12 800 ml 100 ml 100 mm 135 mm 1041 100 13 1000 ml 100 ml 105 mm 145 mm 1041 100 14 2000 ml 250 ml 130 mm 185 mm 1041 100 15 3000 ml 500 ml 150 mm 210 mm 141 100 17 5000 ml 500 ml 170 mm 270 mm 1

Hohe Form

41 101 02 25 ml 5 ml 28 mm 60 mm 1041 101 03 50 ml 10 ml 38 mm 70 mm 1041 101 04 100 ml 10 ml 48 mm 80 mm 1041 101 05 150 ml 25 ml 54 mm 95 mm 1041 101 07 250 ml 25 ml 60 mm 120 mm 1041 101 09 400 ml 50 ml 70 mm 130 mm 1041 101 11 600 ml 50 ml 80 mm 150 mm 1041 101 12 800 ml 100 ml 90 mm 175 mm 1041 101 13 1000 ml 100 ml 95 mm 180 mm 1041 101 14 2000 ml 250 ml 120 mm 240 mm 1041 101 15 3000 ml 500 ml 135 mm 280 mm 1

Beakers, glass • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN 12 331, ISO 3819 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with spout • white graduation

Beakers are no measuring instruments. Their scales are only approximate.

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Beaker tongs • made of stainless steel • vinyl coated • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces

Cat. No. Total length Holding capacity

66 060 01 260 mm 40 to 100 mm

New

Page 114: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

113

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Capacity Division Diameter Height 55 017 05 25 ml 1 ml 34 mm 49 mm 55 017 06 50 ml 5 ml 43 mm 60 mm 55 017 07 100 ml 5 ml 51 mm 72 mm 55 017 08 150 ml 5 ml 58 mm 82 mm 55 017 09 250 ml 5 ml 70 mm 95 mm 55 017 10 400 ml 10 ml 80 mm 110 mm 55 017 12 600 ml 25 ml 93 mm 125 mm 55 017 13 1000 ml 50 ml 108 mm 148 mm 55 017 14 2000 ml 100 ml 140 mm 188 mm

Beakers made of plastic • made of transparent polypropylene • in compliance with DIN 7056 • break-resistant • low form (Griffin type) • with spout • blue graduation • autoclavable at 121 °C • maximum operating temperature: 125 °C

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Beakers are no measuring instruments. Their scales are only approximate.

Measuring jugs, plastic • transparent polypropylene • break-resistant • with handle • with spout • with moulded blue graduation • autoclavable at 121 °C • maximum operating temperature: 125 °C

▲▲

Cat. No. Capacity Division Diameter Height Unit

55 011 06 50 ml 2 ml 40 mm 70 mm 2455 011 07 100 ml 2 ml 50 mm 80 mm 2455 011 09 250 ml 5 ml 70 mm 120 mm 1255 011 11 500 ml 10 ml 91 mm 133 mm 1255 011 13 1000 ml 10 ml 116 mm 170 mm 655 011 14 2000 ml 20 ml 150 mm 215 mm 655 011 15 3000 ml 50 ml 170 mm 242 mm 655 011 16 5000 ml 100 ml 210 mm 270 mm 6

Beaker brushes • with bristles and nylon on galvanised wire • with wooden handle

Cat. No. Total length Head: Length x Ø Unit

62 430 01 430 mm 140 x 60 to 85 mm 10

Page 115: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

114

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Erlenmeyer flasks, glass • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with beaded rim • white graduation

Cat. No. Capacity Division Ø Bottom x Ø Neck Height Unit

EnghalsDIN ISO 1773 41 102 02 25 ml 10 ml 42 x 22 mm 75 mm 1041 102 03 50 ml 10 ml 51 x 22 mm 90 mm 1041 102 04 100 ml 25 ml 64 x 22 mm 105 mm 1041 102 06 200 ml 50 ml 79 x 34 mm 135 mm 1041 102 07 250 ml 50 ml 85 x 34 mm 145 mm 1041 102 08 300 ml 50 ml 87 x 34 mm 160 mm 1041 102 10 500 ml 50 ml 105 x 34 mm 180 mm 1041 102 13 1000 ml 100 ml 131 x 42 mm 220 mm 1041 102 14 2000 ml 250 ml 153 x 50 mm 280 mm 1041 102 15 3000 ml 500 ml 187 x 50 mm 310 mm 141 102 17 5000 ml 500 ml 220 x 50 mm 365 mm 1

WeithalsDIN 12 385

41 103 02 25 ml 10 ml 42 x 31 mm 70 mm 1041 103 03 50 ml 10 ml 51 x 34 mm 85 mm 1041 103 04 100 ml 25 ml 64 x 34 mm 105 mm 1041 103 06 200 ml 50 ml 79 x 50 mm 131 mm 1041 103 07 250 ml 50 ml 85 x 50 mm 140 mm 1041 103 08 300 ml 50 ml 87 x 50 mm 156 mm 1041 103 10 500 ml 50 ml 105 x 50 mm 175 mm 1041 103 13 1000 ml 100 ml 131 x 50 mm 220 mm 1041 103 14 2000 ml 250 ml 153 x 69 mm 280 mm 10

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Capacity Division Thread Height with cap Unit

41 218 04 100 ml 25 ml GL 25 107 mm 1041 218 07 250 ml 50 ml GL 32 150 mm 1041 218 10 500 ml 50 ml GL 32 187 mm 1041 218 13 1000 ml 100 ml GL 32 225 mm 10

Erlenmeyer flasks with screw cap • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 Simax • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with DIN thread • with screw cap made of blue polypropylene (Tmax. 140 °C) • white graduation

Erlenmeyer flasks are no measuring instruments. Their scales are only ap-proximate.

New

Page 116: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

115

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Erlenmeyer flasks with standard ground joint • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN 12 387 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with standard ground joint • white graduation • stoppers are not included. Please order separately.

Cat. No. Ground joint Unit

48 200 03 NS 14/23 1048 200 04 NS 19/26 1048 200 05 NS 24/29 1048 200 06 NS 29/32 10

Cat. No. Capacity Ground joint Unit

43 103 02 25 ml NS 14/23 1043 104 03 50 ml NS 19/26 1043 105 04 100 ml NS 24/29 1043 106 04 100 ml NS 29/32 1043 105 07 250 ml NS 24/29 1043 106 07 250 ml NS 29/32 1043 106 10 500 ml NS 29/32 1043 106 13 1000 ml NS 29/32 10

Standard ground joint stoppers • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • with standard ground joint in compliance with DIN 12 252 • very good chemical resistance • hollow • with hexagonal grip • with closed tip

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Capacity Division Thread For NS Unit 58 110 00 50 ml 10 ml GL 40 34/35 658 110 01 100 ml 20 ml GL 40 34/35 658 110 02 250 ml 50 ml GL 52 45/40 658 110 03 500 ml 100 ml GL 52 45/40 658 110 04 1000 ml 200 ml GL 52 45/40 4

Erlenmeyer flasks, plastic • transparent polypropylene • break-resistant • wide neck • with screw cap (also suitable for standard ground joint stoppers) • blue graduation • autoclavable at 121 °C • maximum operating temperature: 125 °C

Erlenmeyer flasks are no measuring instruments. Their scales are only ap-proximate.

Erlenmeyer flasks are no measuring instruments. Their scales are only ap-proximate.

Page 117: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

116

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Round bottom flasks • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with beaded rim

Cat. No. Capacity Ø Neck Ø Flask Height Unit

Narrow neckDIN ISO 1773

41 104 03 50 ml 26 mm 51 mm 95 mm 1041 104 04 100 ml 26 mm 64 mm 110 mm 1041 104 07 250 ml 34 mm 85 mm 143 mm 1041 104 10 500 ml 34 mm 105 mm 168 mm 1041 104 13 1000 ml 42 mm 131 mm 200 mm 1041 104 14 2000 ml 50 mm 166 mm 240 mm 10

Wide neckDIN EN ISO 24450

41 105 03 50 ml 34 mm 51 mm 95 mm 1041 105 04 100 ml 34 mm 64 mm 110 mm 1041 105 07 250 ml 50 mm 85 mm 143 mm 1041 105 10 500 ml 50 mm 105 mm 168 mm 1041 105 13 1000 ml 50 mm 131 mm 200 mm 1041 105 14 2000 ml 76 mm 166 mm 240 mm 10

Round bottom flaskswith standard ground joint • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN EN ISO 4797 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • short neck

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Capacity NS-Socket Ø Flask mm Height mm Unit 43 115 03 50 ml 24/29 55 ± 1.8 100 ± 6 1043 116 03 50 ml 29/32 55 ± 1.8 100 ± 6 1043 115 04 100 ml 24/29 65 ± 2.0 110 ± 6 1043 116 04 100 ml 29/32 65 ± 2.0 110 ± 6 1043 115 07 250 ml 24/29 85 ± 2.6 130 ± 6 1043 116 07 250 ml 29/32 85 ± 2.6 130 ± 6 1043 116 10 500 ml 29/32 100 ± 3.0 165 ± 6 1043 116 13 1000 ml 29/32 120 ± 3.5 190 ± 6 10

Page 118: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

117

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Flat bottom flasks • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with beaded rim

Flat bottom flasks with standard ground joint • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN EN ISO 4797 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • short neck

Cat. No. Capacity NS-Socket Ø Flask mm Height mm Unit

43 125 03 50 ml 24/29 55 ± 1.8 90 ± 6 1043 126 03 50 ml 29/32 55 ± 1.8 90 ± 6 1043 125 04 100 ml 24/29 65 ± 2.0 105 ± 6 1043 126 04 100 ml 29/32 65 ± 2.0 105 ± 6 1043 125 07 250 ml 24/29 85 ± 2.6 125 ± 6 1043 126 07 250 ml 29/32 85 ± 2.6 125 ± 6 1043 126 10 500 ml 29/32 100 ± 3.0 160 ± 6 1043 125 13 1000 ml 24/29 120 ± 3.5 185 ± 6 1043 126 13 1000 ml 29/32 120 ± 3.5 185 ± 6 10

▲▲

Cat. No. Capacity Ø Neck Ø Flask Height Unit

Narrow neck DIN ISO 1773

41 106 03 50 ml 26 mm 51 mm 90 mm 1041 106 04 100 ml 26 mm 64 mm 105 mm 1041 106 07 250 ml 34 mm 85 mm 138 mm 1041 106 10 500 ml 34 mm 105 mm 163 mm 1041 106 13 1000 ml 42 mm 131 mm 190 mm 1041 106 14 2000 ml 50 mm 166 mm 230 mm 10

Wide neck DIN EN ISO 24450

41 107 03 50 ml 34 mm 51 mm 90 mm 1041 107 04 100 ml 34 mm 64 mm 105 mm 1041 107 07 250 ml 50 mm 85 mm 138 mm 1041 107 10 500 ml 50 mm 105 mm 163 mm 1041 107 13 1000 ml 50 mm 131 mm 190 mm 1041 107 14 2000 ml 76 mm 166 mm 230 mm 10

Page 119: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

118

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

Flask tongs • made of stainless steel • vinyl coated • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces

Cat. No. Total length Holding capacity

66 260 02 300 mm 45 to 70 mm

Lead rings for weighing downThese rings are used for weighing down containers and prevent flasks from floating or tilting over in water baths (by putting the ring around the flasks’ necks).

• made of lead • with strong PVC coating. The coating protects the surfaces of flasks and

workplaces. • very good chemical and thermal resistance • non-ageing material • open C chape: Suitable for containers with side connections • individually packed

Cat. No. Diameter int. Weight Unit 66 071 00 50 mm 660 g 166 071 01 70 mm 930 g 166 071 02 100 mm 1190 g 1

Cat. No. Diameter Unit

Borosilicate glass 3.3

35 110 80 80 mm 1035 111 00 100 mm 10

Soda lime glass

35 100 45 45 mm 1035 100 55 55 mm 1035 100 70 70 mm 1035 100 80 80 mm 1035 101 00 100 mm 10

Bunsen funnels • in compliance with DIN 12 446 • with plain surfaces • length of stem: approx. 150 mm

▲▲

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

New

Page 120: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

119

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Diameter Unit

58 680 02 40 mm 2458 680 03 50 mm 2458 680 04 75 mm 1258 680 05 100 mm 1258 680 06 120 mm 1258 680 07 150 mm 12

Funnels, plastic • made of polypropylene • with plain surfaces • with short stem

Funnels • in compliance with DIN 12 445 • with plain surfaces • angle: 60° • with short and angled-ground stem (length of stem ≈ diameter)

Cat. No. Diameter Unit

Borosilicate glass 3.3

35 010 30 30 mm 1035 010 35 35 mm 1035 010 40 40 mm 1035 010 45 45 mm 1035 010 50 50 mm 1035 010 55 55 mm 1035 010 60 60 mm 1035 010 70 70 mm 1035 010 80 80 mm 1035 011 00 100 mm 1035 011 25 125 mm 1035 011 50 150 mm 635 012 00 200 mm 635 012 50 250 mm 2

Soda lime glass

35 000 30 30 mm 1035 000 35 35 mm 1035 000 40 40 mm 1035 000 45 45 mm 1035 000 50 50 mm 1035 000 55 55 mm 1035 000 60 60 mm 1035 000 70 70 mm 1035 000 80 80 mm 1035 001 00 100 mm 1035 001 25 125 mm 10

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 121: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

120

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Separatory funnels with conical shape • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 Duran® • in compliance with DIN ISO 4800 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with polystopper standard ground joint 29/32 (100 ml: NS 19/26)

▲▲

Cat. No. Capacity Stopcock: Ground joint Bore Unit

Stopcock with NS PTFE plug, ungraduated

44 001 40 100 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 002 40 250 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 003 40 500 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 004 40 1000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 005 40 2000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 1

Stopcock with NS PTFE plug, with blue graduation

44 001 50 100 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 002 50 250 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 003 50 500 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 004 50 1000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 005 50 2000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 1

Stopcock with NS glass plug, ungraduated

44 001 60 100 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 002 60 250 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 003 60 500 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 004 60 1000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 005 60 2000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 1

Stopcock with NS glass plug, with blue graduation

44 001 70 100 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 002 70 250 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 003 70 500 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 004 70 1000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 005 70 2000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 1

Page 122: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

121

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Separatory funnels acc. to Squibb • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 Duran® • in compliance with DIN ISO 4800 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with polystopper standard ground joint 29/32 (100 ml: NS 19/26)

▲▲

Cat. No. Capacity Stopcock: Ground joint Bore Unit

Stopcock with NS PTFE plug, ungraduated

44 111 40 100 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 112 40 250 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 113 40 500 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 114 40 1000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 115 40 2000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 1

Stopcock with NS PTFE plug, with blue graduation

44 111 50 100 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 112 50 250 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 113 50 500 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 114 50 1000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 115 50 2000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 1

Stopcock with NS glass plug, ungraduated

44 111 60 100 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 112 60 250 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 113 60 500 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 114 60 1000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 115 60 2000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 1

Stopcock with NS glass plug, with blue graduation

44 111 70 100 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 112 70 250 ml NS 14.5 2.5 mm 244 113 70 500 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 114 70 1000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 144 115 70 2000 ml NS 18.8 4.0 mm 1

Page 123: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

122

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Filtering flasks For filtration with reduced pressure these special flasks serve as collecting vessel for the filtrate.

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 Simax • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • Erlenmeyer shape • with loosely attached plastic hose nozzle

Cat. No. Capacity Unit

36 235 05 100 ml 1036 235 06 250 ml 1036 235 07 500 ml 836 235 08 1000 ml 836 235 09 2000 ml 6

Water jet filter pumpsFor various applications: to generate vacuum and to extract liquids and va-pours. Besides its very low water consumption (190 l/h at 3.5 bar flow pres-sure) and constant final pressure (16 mbar) the water jet filter pump offers a remarkable suction capability (approx. 400 l air/h).

• made of polypropylene • good chemical resistance • maximum operating temperature: 80 ºC • with non-return valve • with detachable vacuum connection GL 14

Cat. No. Unit

58 770 00 1

▲▲

Page 124: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

123

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Diameter Unit

Without stopcock

42 014 01 100 mm 142 014 03 150 mm 142 014 05 200 mm 142 014 06 250 mm 142 014 07 300 mm 1 With stopcock

42 016 01 100 mm 142 016 03 150 mm 142 016 05 200 mm 142 016 06 250 mm 142 016 07 300 mm 1

Cat. No. Diameter Multipack

68 330 01 100 mm 20 68 330 04 150 mm 10 68 330 07 200 mm 10 68 330 10 250 mm 10 68 330 13 300 mm 10

DesiccatorsDesiccators are suitable for drying and dehydration processes. If supplied with stopcock, they are also suitable for storage under vacuum.

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 Simax • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • with ground flat flange • with plastic knob and interchangeable lid • discs are not included. Please order separately.

Discs for desiccators • made of porcelain • in compliance with DIN 12 911 • with several vent perforations and one central hole

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 125: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

124

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Unit

54 441 22 Pouring ring made of blue polypropylene (Tmax. 140 °C) 1054 447 22 Screw cap made of blue polypropylene (Tmax. 140 °C) 1054 401 22 Pouring ring made of red PBT (Tmax. 180 °C) 1054 408 22 Screw cap made of red PBT (Tmax. 180 °C) 10

Laboratory bottles • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 Simax • in compliance with ISO 4796 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • sterilisable • with retrace code for traceability • white graduation • with DIN thread GL 45 • complete with pouring ring and screw cap made of blue polypropylene

(Tmax. 140 °C)

Cat. No. Capacity Multipack Unit

Clear glass

36 075 05 100 ml 234 x 10 1036 075 06 250 ml 140 x 10 1036 075 07 500 ml 72 x 10 1036 075 08 1000 ml 49 x 10 1036 075 09 2000 ml 24 x 10 1036 075 12 5000 ml 16 x 6 636 075 13 10000 ml 42 x 1 1

With amber colour coating

36 076 05 100 ml 234 x 10 1036 076 06 250 ml 140 x 10 1036 076 07 500 ml 72 x 10 1036 076 08 1000 ml 49 x 10 1036 076 09 2000 ml 24 x 10 1036 076 12 5000 ml 16 x 6 6

Spare parts for laboratory bottles, thread GL 45

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 126: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

125

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Capacity Thread Duran® No Unit

Clear glass

36 072 02 25 ml GL 25 21 801 14 5 1036 072 04 50 ml GL 32 21 801 17 5 1036 072 05 100 ml GL 45 21 801 24 5 1036 072 06 250 ml GL 45 21 801 36 5 1036 072 07 500 ml GL 45 21 801 44 5 1036 072 08 1000 ml GL 45 21 801 54 5 1036 072 09 2000 ml GL 45 21 801 63 5 1036 072 12 5000 ml GL 45 21 801 73 5 136 072 13 10000 ml GL 45 21 801 86 5 136 072 14 15000 ml GL 45 21 801 88 5 136 072 15 20000 ml GL 45 21 801 91 5 1

Laboratory bottles • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 Duran®

• in compliance with ISO 4796-1 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • sterilisable • white graduation • with DIN GL-thread • complete with pouring ring and screw cap made of blue polypropylene

(Tmax. 140 °C)

With retrace code for traceability. By using the retrace code and the corre-sponding Duran® item number, every user can conveniently and at any time retrieve a batch and quality certifica-te via the internet (www.duran-group.com). Besides the production date, the certificate also provides information on conformity with standards and USP/EP conformity.

Bottle brushes • natural bristle on galvanised wire • with front bristles for improved cleaning of the flask's bottom • wire handle with loop to hang-up

Cat. No. Total length Head: length x Ø Unit

62 430 15 420 mm 140 x 55 mm 10▲

Page 127: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

126

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

Laboratory bottles • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 Duran®

• in compliance with ISO 4796-1 • amber glass colour with UV-protection up to approx. 500 nm • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • sterilisable • white graduation • with DIN GL-thread • pouring rings and screw caps are not supplied with bottles. Please order

them separately.

Cat. No. Capacity Thread Duran® No. Unit 36 063 02 25 ml GL 25 21 806 14 5 1036 063 04 50 ml GL 32 21 806 17 5 1036 063 05 100 ml GL 45 21 806 24 5 1036 063 06 250 ml GL 45 21 806 36 5 1036 063 07 500 ml GL 45 21 806 44 5 1036 063 08 1000 ml GL 45 21 806 54 5 1036 063 09 2000 ml GL 45 21 806 63 5 1036 063 12 5000 ml GL 45 21 806 73 5 136 063 13 10000 ml GL 45 21 806 86 5 136 063 14 15000 ml GL 45 21 806 88 5 136 063 15 20000 ml GL 45 21 806 91 5 1

Spare parts for laboratory bottles

Cat. No. Thread Duran® No. Unit

Pouring ring made of blue PP (Tmax. 140 °C)

54 241 20 GL 32 29 242 19 1054 241 22 GL 45 29 242 28 10

Screw cap made of blue PP (Tmax. 140 °C)

54 247 18 GL 25 29 239 13 1054 247 20 GL 32 29 239 19 1054 247 22 GL 45 29 239 28 10

Pouring ring made of red ETFE (Tmax. 180 °C)

54 201 20 GL 32 29 244 19 1054 201 22 GL45 29 244 28 10

Screw cap made of red PBT (Tmax. 180 °C)

54 208 18 GL 25 29 240 13 1054 208 20 GL 32 29 240 19 1054 208 22 GL 45 29 240 28 10

With retrace code for traceability. By using the retrace code and the corre-sponding Duran® item number, every user can conveniently and at any time retrieve a batch and quality certifica-te via the internet (www.duran-group.com). Besides the production date, the certificate also provides information on conformity with standards and USP/EP conformity.

Page 128: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

127

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

With retrace code for traceability. By using the retrace code and the corre-sponding Duran® item number, every user can conveniently and at any time retrieve a batch and quality certifica-te via the internet (www.duran-group.com). Besides the production date, the certificate also provides information on conformity with standards and USP/EP conformity.

Cat. No. Capacity Thread Duran® No. Unit

36 592 05 100 ml GL 32 21 820 24 5 1036 592 06 250 ml GL 45 21 820 36 5 1036 592 07 500 ml GL 45 21 820 44 5 1036 592 08 1000 ml GL 45 21 820 54 5 10

Square bottles Square bottles save space and costs as well in the autoclave, the cabinet dry-er, the oven, the warehouse, as in the dishwasher. They free up space of up to 44 % compared with regular laboratory bottles (for example when comparing 100 ml bottles).

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 Duran®

• clear glass • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • sterilisable • white graduation • with DIN GL-thread • complete with pouring ring and screw cap made of blue polypropylene

(Tmax. 140 °C)

Wide neck thread bottlesGLS 80 The special GLS 80 thread is designed for convenient and quick opening and closing (less than one turn). With its 80 mm wide outer diameter the neck offers easy filling and pouring of powders and granulated or viscous substan-ces.

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 Duran®

• clear glass • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • sterilisable • white graduation • with special thread GLS 80 • complete with special screw cap made of blue polypropylene

(Tmax. 140 °C)

Cat. No. Capacity Thread Duran® No. Unit

36 652 07 500 ml GLS 80 11 126 27 1036 652 08 1000 ml GLS 80 11 127 13 1036 652 09 2000 ml GLS 80 11 127 15 136 652 12 5000 ml GLS 80 11 139 49 136 652 13 10000 ml GLS 80 11 139 50 136 652 15 20000 ml GLS 80 11 139 51 1

With retrace code for traceability. By using the retrace code and the corre-sponding Duran® item number, every user can conveniently and at any time retrieve a batch and quality certifica-te via the internet (www.duran-group.com). Besides the production date, the certificate also provides information on conformity with standards and USP/EP conformity.

Page 129: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

128

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

Thread bottles, round shoulder • made of glass of 3. hydrolytic class • autoclavable • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces per size • screw caps are to be ordered separately

Cat. No. Capacity Thread

Clear glass, narrow neck

36 550 03 30 ml GL 18 36 550 04 50 ml GL 18 36 550 05 100 ml GL 22 36 550 06 250 ml GL 22 36 550 07 500 ml GL 25 36 550 08 1000 ml GL 28

Clear glass, wide neck

36 560 03 30 ml GL 32 36 560 04 50 ml GL 32 36 560 05 100 ml GL 40 36 560 06 250 ml GL 55 36 560 07 500 ml GL 55 36 560 08 1000 ml GL 68

Amber glass, narrow neck

36 551 03 30 ml GL 18 36 551 04 50 ml GL 18 36 551 05 100 ml GL 22 36 551 06 250 ml GL 22 36 551 07 500 ml GL 25 36 551 08 1000 ml GL 28

Amber glass, wide neck

36 561 03 30 ml GL 32 36 561 04 50 ml GL 32 36 561 05 100 ml GL 40 36 561 06 250 ml GL 55 36 561 07 500 ml GL 55 36 561 08 1000 ml GL 68

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Screw caps DIN for thread bottles • made of black plastic, with PE-LD seal • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces per size

Cat. No. Thread 54 574 17 GL 18 54 574 42 GL 22 54 574 18 GL 25 54 574 19 GL 28 54 574 20 GL 32 54 574 21 GL 40 54 574 43 GL 55 54 574 44 GL 68

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Page 130: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

129

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Thread bottles, plasticMulti-purpose bottles for a wide range of applications like storage, packaging, sampling, and transport.

• made of transparent polyethylene (PE-LD) • material considered harmless, suitable for food contact • break-resistant • with DIN thread • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces per size • screw caps are not included. Please order separately.

Screw caps for thread bottles • made of transparent polyethylene (PE-LD) • material considered harmless, suitable for food contact • with DIN thread • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces per size

Cat. No. Capacity Thread

Narrow neck

54 013 01 10 ml GL 14 54 013 04 30 ml GL 14 54 013 05 50 ml GL 18 54 013 06 100 ml GL 18 54 013 07 250 ml GL 25 54 013 08 500 ml GL 25 54 013 09 1000 ml GL 28 54 013 10 2000 ml GL 28

Wide neck

54 033 05 50 ml GL 32 54 033 06 100 ml GL 32 54 033 07 250 ml GL 40 54 033 08 500 ml GL 50 54 033 09 1000 ml GL 65 54 033 10 2000 ml GL 65

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Thread

54 022 16 GL 14 54 022 17 GL 18 54 022 18 GL 25 54 022 19 GL 28 54 022 20 GL 32 54 022 21 GL 40 54 022 24 GL 50 54 022 27 GL 65

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 131: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

130

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Washing bottlesTo be assembled by narrow neck thread bottle and screw cap with bent deli-very tube.

• made of transparent polyethylene (PE-LD) • material considered harmless, suitable for food contact • break-resistant • with DIN thread • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces per size

Cat. No. Capacity Thread

Thread bottle, narrow neck

54 013 06 100 ml GL 18 54 013 07 250 ml GL 25 54 013 08 500 ml GL 25 54 013 09 1000 ml GL 28 54 013 10 2000 ml GL 28

Screw cap with bent delivery tube

54 023 06 GL 18 54 023 08 GL 25 54 023 09 GL 28

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Washing bottles with hazard symbolComplete set consisting of thread bottle and screw cap with bent delivery tube.

• made of polyethylene (PE-LD) • yellow coloured bottle with coloured imprint and hazard symbol • break-resistant • with DIN thread • minimum order quantity: 5 pieces per size

Cat. No. Capacity Imprint

54 025 46 500 ml Destilled water 54 025 47 500 ml Acetone 54 025 65 1000 ml Destilled water 54 025 66 1000 ml Acetone

Page 132: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

131

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

Cat. No. Capacity Thread

Thread bottle, narrow neck

54 013 01 10 ml GL 14 54 013 04 30 ml GL 14 54 013 05 50 ml GL 18 54 013 06 100 ml GL 18 54 013 07 250 ml GL 25 54 013 08 500 ml GL 25

Screw cap with dropping tip

54 028 16 GL 14 54 028 17 GL 18 54 028 18 GL 25

Dropping bottles, plasticTo be assembled by a thread bottle and a screw cap with dropping tip.

• made of transparent polyethylene (PE-LD) • break-resistant • with DIN thread • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces per size

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Reagent bottles, plastic • made of transparent polypropylene • break-resistant • autoclavable at 121 °C • with DIN thread • with screw cap

Cat. No. Capacity Thread Height x Ø Unit

Narrow neck

54 156 06 100 ml GL 18 100 x 52 mm 2054 156 07 250 ml GL 25 132 x 70 mm 2054 156 08 500 ml GL 25 165 x 87 mm 1054 156 09 1000 ml GL 32 202 x 108 mm 1054 156 10 2000 ml GL 32 245 x 131 mm 6

Wide neck

54 160 06 100 ml GL 32 96 x 55 mm 2054 160 07 250 ml GL 45 132 x 73 mm 2054 160 08 500 ml GL 45 172 x 87 mm 1054 160 09 1000 ml GL 63 204 x 108 mm 1054 160 10 2000 ml GL 63 243 x 131 mm 6

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Page 133: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

132

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

Dropping bottles (Thread bottles) • made of amber glass of 3. hydrolytic class • with DIN thread GL 18 • serve for multiple applications thanks to many different screw caps

Cat. No. Capacity Height Diameter Multipack Unit

Bottle without adapter

36 651 30 5 ml 53.2 mm 22.5 mm 170 x 186 18636 651 27 10 ml 63.7 mm 24.2 mm 170 x 160 16036 651 38 15 ml 64.2 mm 27.8 mm 108 x 195 19536 651 32 20 ml 71.5 mm 28.6 mm 72 x 195 19536 651 02 25 ml 78.2 mm 30.0 mm 120 x 135 13536 651 03 30 ml 79.3 mm 32.6 mm 90 x 98 9836 651 04 50 ml 92.0 mm 37.7 mm 60 x 105 10536 651 05 100 ml 111.0 mm 46.7 mm 48 x 68 68

Cat. No. Length dropping pipette For bottle Multipack

54 599 01 60 mm 10 ml 3000 54 599 02 70 mm 20 ml 3000 54 599 03 78 mm 30 ml 2500 54 599 04 90 mm 50 ml 2500 54 599 05 105 mm 100 ml 2000

Screw caps GL 18 for thread bottlesScrew caps made of white polypropylene, with whiterubber teat and dropping pipette with bent, spherical tipMinimum order quantity: 100 pieces

Screw caps, urea resin 131.5, with PE-LD sealing insert

54 599 06

54 599 07New

New

New

Cat. No. Colour and type Multipack

54 599 06 black 1500 54 599 07 white 1500

Page 134: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

133

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

Available on demand: • Screw caps with child-proof lock

Cat. No. Colour Multipack

54 599 08 black 2250 54 599 09 white 2250

Screw caps GL 18 for thread bottlesScrew caps PE-HD, barrel gasket

Cat. No. Colour and type Multipack

54 599 12 black, made of PE-HD, with dropper insert made of PE-LD of natural colour 5000 54 599 13 white, polypropylene, with dropper insert UNI 2-02 made of PE-LD of natural colour 1125

Tamper-evident screw caps

Screw caps

Cat. No. Colour and type Multipack

54 599 14 white, made of PE-HD, with dropper insert UNI 1-04 made of white PE-LD 1875 54 599 15 white, made of PE-HD, with dropper insert UNI 2-02 made of PE-LD of natural colour 1875

54 599 08

54 599 12

54 599 14

• Screw caps with spatula • Screw caps with paint-brush

• Atomizers

New

New

New

New

New New

New

Page 135: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

134

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Dropping bottles with pipette • made of clear glass or amber glass • conical shoulder • with clear glass pipette, rubber teat and standard ground joint

polypropylene stopper

Dropping bottles with head stopper • made of clear glass or amber glass • round shoulder • with flat head stopper made of glass • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces per size

Cat. No. Capacity Unit

Clear glass

36 110 04 50 ml 1036 110 05 100 ml 636 110 06 250 ml 10

Amber glass

36 111 04 50 ml 1036 111 05 100 ml 636 111 06 250 ml 10

Cat. No. Capacity Multipack

Clear glass

36 100 04 50 ml 96 36 100 05 100 ml 70

Amber glass

36 101 04 50 ml 96 36 101 05 100 ml 70

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 136: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

135

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Storage bottles • made of polyethylene • narrow neck • with screw cap and carrying bail • with exchangeable tap with 3/4” pipe fitting. The tap is designed for smooth

operation and reduces dripping. • maximum operating temperature: 80 to 90 °C

Aspirator bottles Aspirator bottles are used to sediment solid or suspended particles in liquid materials. The liquid is filled into the container. After some time, the heavier solid particles deposit at the bottom of the aspirator bottle and the stopcock is opened to release the liquid into a collection flask.

• made of borosilicate glass 3.3 Simax • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • autoclavable • with standard ground joint stopper made of glass • with standard ground joint stopcock at bottom

Cat. No. Capacity Height bottle Ø Bottle Ø Neck int.

54 119 12 5 l 335 mm 165 mm 45 mm 54 119 13 10 l 415 mm 210 mm 55 mm 54 119 14 25 l 525 mm 280 mm 55 mm 54 119 15 50 l 605 mm 365 mm 55 mm

Cat. No. Capacity Glass stopper Stopcock Unit

36 165 07 500 ml NS 19/26 NS 19/26 436 165 08 1 000 ml NS 24/29 NS 19/26 436 165 09 2 000 ml NS 29/32 NS 19/26 336 165 12 5 000 ml NS 45/40 NS 24/29 336 165 13 10 000 ml NS 50/42 NS 29/32 136 165 15 20 000 ml NS 50/42 NS 29/32 1

Page 137: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

136

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Reagent bottles • made of clear glass or amber glass • with standard ground joint • with standard ground joint stopper made of glass

Cat. No. Capacity Multipack

Narrow neck, clear glass

36 020 04 50 ml NS 14/15 48 36 020 05 100 ml NS 14/23 48 36 020 06 250 ml NS 19/26 30 36 020 07 500 ml NS 24/29 9 36 020 08 1000 ml NS 29/32 12 36 020 09 2000 ml NS 29/32 6

Narrow neck, amber glass

36 021 04 50 ml NS 14/15 48 36 021 05 100 ml NS 14/23 48 36 021 06 250 ml NS 19/26 30 36 021 07 500 ml NS 24/29 9 36 021 08 1000 ml NS 29/32 12 36 021 09 2000 ml NS 29/32 6

Wide neck, clear glass

36 050 04 50 ml NS 24/20 48 36 050 05 100 ml NS 29/22 48 36 050 06 250 ml NS 34/24 30 36 050 07 500 ml NS 45/27 9 36 050 08 1000 ml NS 60/31 12 36 050 09 2000 ml NS 60/31 6

Wide neck, amber glass

36 051 04 50 ml NS 24/20 48 36 051 05 100 ml NS 29/22 48 36 051 06 250 ml NS 34/24 30 36 051 07 500 ml NS 45/27 9 36 051 08 1000 ml NS 60/31 12 36 051 09 2000 ml NS 60/31 6

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 138: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

137

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

Bottles with round shoulder • made of clear glass or amber glass • with standard ground joint • with standard ground joint stopper made of glass

Cat. No. Capacity Multipack

Narrow neck, clear glass

36 520 04 50 ml NS 14/15 48 36 520 05 100 ml NS 14/23 70 36 520 06 250 ml NS 19/26 30 36 520 07 500 ml NS 24/29 15 36 520 08 1000 ml NS 29/32 12 36 520 09 2000 ml NS 29/32 6

Narrow neck, amber glass

36 521 04 50 ml NS 14/15 48 36 521 05 100 ml NS 14/23 70 36 521 06 250 ml NS 19/26 30 36 521 07 500 ml NS 24/29 15 36 521 08 1000 ml NS 29/32 12 36 521 09 2000 ml NS 29/32 6

Wide neck, clear glass

36 530 04 50 ml NS 24/20 40 36 530 05 100 ml NS 29/22 48 36 530 06 250 ml NS 34/24 30 36 530 07 500 ml NS 45/27 15 36 530 08 1000 ml NS 60/31 12 36 530 09 2000 ml NS 60/31 6

Wide neck, amber glass

36 531 04 50 ml NS 24/20 40 36 531 05 100 ml NS 29/22 48 36 531 06 250 ml NS 34/24 30 36 531 07 500 ml NS 45/27 15 36 531 08 1000 ml NS 60/31 12 36 531 09 2000 ml NS 60/31 6

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Page 139: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

138

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

Aquarium jars • made of soda lime glass • with ground rim • with thick walls

Cat. No. Length x Width x Height Multipack 42 041 07 100 x 100 x 100 mm 24 42 041 81 130 x 95 x 130 mm 12 42 041 74 150 x 100 x 100 mm 6 42 041 19 150 x 100 x 150 mm 8 42 041 08 200 x 100 x 100 mm 8 42 041 36 200 x 150 x 200 mm 4 42 041 45 250 x 180 x 220 mm 2 42 041 26 300 x 160 x 160 mm 2 42 041 46 300 x 220 x 240 mm 42 041 55 360 x 230 x 260 mm

▲▲

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

▲Dressing jars • made of soda lime glass • with loosely overlapping glass cover with knobbed lid • with base

Cat. No. Height Diameter Unit 42 051 01 100 mm 100 mm 1242 051 02 120 mm 120 mm 1242 051 03 150 mm 150 mm 842 051 06 200 mm 200 mm 2

Page 140: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

139

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Crystallizing dishes • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • cylindrical shape • with fused rim • with flat bottom

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Diameter Height Capacity Unit

Without spoutDIN 12 337

42 104 00 40 mm 25 mm 20 ml 1042 104 03 50 mm 30 mm 40 ml 1042 104 05 60 mm 35 mm 60 ml 1042 104 07 70 mm 40 mm 100 ml 1042 104 08 80 mm 45 mm 150 ml 1042 104 09 95 mm 55 mm 300 ml 1042 104 10 115 mm 65 mm 500 ml 1042 104 11 140 mm 75 mm 900 ml 1042 104 13 190 mm 90 mm 2000 ml 442 104 14 230 mm 100 mm 3500 ml 4

With spoutDIN 12 338

42 105 00 40 mm 25 mm 20 ml 1042 105 03 50 mm 30 mm 40 ml 1042 105 05 60 mm 35 mm 60 ml 1042 105 07 70 mm 40 mm 100 ml 1042 105 08 80 mm 45 mm 150 ml 1042 105 09 95 mm 55 mm 300 ml 1042 105 10 115 mm 65 mm 500 ml 1042 105 11 140 mm 75 mm 900 ml 1042 105 13 190 mm 90 mm 2000 ml 442 105 14 230 mm 100 mm 3500 ml 4

Page 141: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

140

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

Evaporating dishes • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN 12 336 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • hemispherical shape • with flat bottom • with fused rim • with spout

Mortars • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • rough inside • with spout • with pestle

Cat. No. Diameter Height Multipack 42 012 01 80 mm 60 mm 12 42 012 02 100 mm 75 mm 12 42 012 03 120 mm 90 mm 10 42 012 04 150 mm 110 mm 8

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Diameter Height Capacity Unit

42 103 01 40 mm 18 mm 10 ml 1042 103 02 50 mm 25 mm 15 ml 1042 103 04 60 mm 30 mm 45 ml 1042 103 06 70 mm 35 mm 60 ml 1042 103 08 80 mm 45 mm 90 ml 1042 103 09 95 mm 55 mm 170 ml 1042 103 10 115 mm 65 mm 320 ml 1042 103 12 140 mm 80 mm 600 ml 1042 103 14 190 mm 100 mm 1500 ml 4

Crucible tongs • made of stainless steel • corrosion-resistant • double bent • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces

Cat. No. Total length 66 506 01 200 mm 66 506 05 400 mm

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Page 142: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

141

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Information on porcelain The laboratory porcelain has a low thermal expansion coefficient and therefo-re, a high resistance against thermal shocks. Because of its high mechanical solidity it is resistant against all kinds of chemical influences.

Max. operating temperature: glazed 1100 °C unglazed 1350 °CAcid resistance:: 99.99 %Alkali resistance:: 99.96 %Water absorption:: 0 %Specific gravity: 2.3 to 2.5 g/cm3

The characteristics of laboratory porcelain as well as the measurements of the products are according to all current standards and meet the latest recom-mendations of ISO.

Cat. No. Diameter Height Capacity Unit

Flat bottom

68 304 01 54 mm 22 mm 22 ml 3068 304 03 70 mm 30 mm 62 ml 3068 304 08 86 mm 33 mm 93 ml 3068 304 13 98 mm 40 mm 154 ml 2068 304 16 112 mm 50 mm 265 ml 2068 304 20 126 mm 53 mm 330 ml 2068 304 26 151 mm 63 mm 620 ml 1068 304 32 195 mm 74 mm 1200 ml 1068 304 33 254 mm 105 mm 3000 ml 10

Round bottom

68 306 10 51 mm 24 mm 24 ml 3068 306 15 61 mm 28 mm 36 ml 3068 306 20 77 mm 33 mm 72 ml 3068 306 12 81 mm 38 mm 107 ml 3068 306 16 94 mm 42 mm 140 ml 2068 306 14 103 mm 45 mm 190 ml 2068 306 04 112 mm 47 mm 232 ml 2068 306 21 132 mm 55 mm 390 ml 1068 306 17 148 mm 66 mm 590 ml 1068 306 13 170 mm 74 mm 920 ml 1068 306 18 180 mm 84 mm 1135 ml 1068 306 11 202 mm 86 mm 1500 ml 1068 306 22 320 mm 140 mm 6000 ml 10

Evaporating dishes • made of porcelain • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • maximum operating temperature: 1100 °C • glazed inside • with spout

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 143: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

142

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Diameter Height Capacity Unit

Low form

68 370 02 30 mm 19 mm 5 ml 5068 370 05 35 mm 22 mm 10 ml 5068 370 07 40 mm 25 mm 17 ml 5068 370 09 45 mm 28 mm 21 ml 5068 370 12 50 mm 32 mm 34 ml 5068 370 15 60 mm 38 mm 62 ml 3068 370 18 70 mm 44 mm 91 ml 30

Medium tall form

68 371 05 35 mm 28 mm 12 ml 5068 371 08 40 mm 32 mm 20 ml 5068 371 12 45 mm 36 mm 30 ml 5068 371 15 50 mm 40 mm 45 ml 5068 371 19 60 mm 48 mm 80 ml 3068 371 23 70 mm 56 mm 120 ml 30

Tall form

68 372 07 30 mm 38 mm 15 ml 5068 372 10 35 mm 44 mm 26 ml 5068 372 12 40 mm 50 mm 35 ml 5068 372 16 45 mm 56 mm 50 ml 5068 372 17 50 mm 62 mm 72 ml 5068 372 22 60 mm 75 mm 130 ml 30

Crucibles • made of porcelain • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • maximum operating temperature: 1100 °C • glazed • with spout

Lids for crucibles • made of porcelain • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • maximum operating temperature: 1100 °C • glazed

Cat. No. Ø Lid For Ø crucible Multipack

68 380 30 34 mm 30 mm 50 68 380 35 39 mm 35 mm 50 68 380 40 44 mm 40 mm 50 68 380 45 49 mm 45 mm 50 68 380 50 54 mm 50 mm 50 68 380 60 64 mm 60 mm 30 68 380 70 74 mm 70 mm 30

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 144: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

143

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Cat. No. Diameter Height inside Capacity Unit

Glazed outside, rough inside

68 351 05 70 mm 37 mm 30 ml 3068 351 07 81 mm 42 mm 50 ml 3068 351 09 91 mm 46 mm 75 ml 3068 351 12 100 mm 60 mm 110 ml 3068 351 13 113 mm 50 mm 150 ml 3068 351 16 125 mm 64 mm 220 ml 1068 351 18 144 mm 71 mm 325 ml 1068 351 21 163 mm 82 mm 500 ml 1068 351 23 183 mm 90 mm 730 ml 1068 351 26 215 mm 104 mm 1135 ml 2

Glazed inside and outside

68 350 05 70 mm 37 mm 30 ml 3068 350 07 81 mm 42 mm 50 ml 3068 350 09 91 mm 46 mm 75 ml 3068 350 12 100 mm 50 mm 110 ml 3068 350 13 113 mm 56 mm 150 ml 3068 350 16 125 mm 64 mm 220 ml 1068 350 18 144 mm 71 mm 325 ml 1068 350 21 163 mm 82 mm 500 ml 1068 350 23 183 mm 90 mm 730 ml 1068 350 26 215 mm 104 mm 1135 ml 2

Mortars • made of porcelain • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • with spout • pestles are not included. Please order separately.

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Diameter Length For mortars with Ø

68 360 01 23 mm 84 mm 70 + 81 + 91 mm 68 360 03 26 mm 103 mm 100 + 113 mm 68 360 06 37 mm 132 mm 125 + 144 mm 68 360 09 44 mm 158 mm 163 mm 68 360 14 58 mm 210 mm 183 mm 68 360 19 73 mm 255 mm 215 mm

Pestles • made of porcelain • very good chemical resistance • with rough surface at head

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 145: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

144

www.marienfeld-superior.com4 Laboratory containers

Combustion boats • made of porcelain • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • maximum operating temperature: 1350 °C • unglazed • with loop

Cat. No. Length x Width x Height Unit 68 368 01 90 x 14 x 8 mm 100

Cat. No. Ø Filter Ø Holes Total height Unit 68 315 39 45 mm 1.0 mm 67 mm 2068 315 40 55 mm 1.0 mm 94 mm 1068 315 41 70 mm 1.0 mm 99 mm 1068 315 42 90 mm 1.5 mm 111 mm 1068 315 43 110 mm 1.5 mm 132 mm 1068 315 44 125 mm 2.0 mm 137 mm 1068 315 45 150 mm 2.0 mm 155 mm 468 315 46 185 mm 2.0 mm 191 mm 4

Funnels acc. to Buechner • made of porcelain • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks

▲▲

▲▲

Annealing dishes • made of porcelain • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • maximum operating temperature: 1100 °C • glazed • low form • with spout

Cat. No. Capacity Diameter Height Unit

68 305 03 20 ml 60 mm 14 mm 5068 305 06 28 ml 70 mm 15 mm 3068 305 10 55 ml 80 mm 20 mm 3068 305 15 110 ml 100 mm 25 mm 2068 305 19 250 ml 130 mm 30 mm 20

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Page 146: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

145

www.marienfeld-superior.com4Laboratory containers

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Drying racksfor laboratoy containers • made of polystyrene • stable type • with 72 interchangeable hanging hooks approx. 100 x 15 mm • suitable for graduated cylinders up to 250 ml or beakers up to 1000 ml • with draining groove and runoff support • accessories for wall mounting are supplied with the rack

Medicine glasses • made of pressed glass • with pressed-in scale • with rim • capacity: approx. 25 ml • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces

Cat. No. Dimensions Unit

56 103 00 450 x 630 mm 1

Cat. No. Multipack 42 052 00 50

Medicine cups, plastic • made of highly transparent polypropylene • content is well visible • good resistance against pressure or breakage • with scale with partial divisions of 1 ml • 75 pieces in a bag, 3750 pieces in a carton

Cat. No. Capacity Multipack Unit 52 217 00 30 ml 48 x 3750 3750

New

Page 147: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U
Page 148: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

List of contents

AlcoholmetersAluminium pans

Burners Bunsen & TecluChemical thermometers

Digi-TimersDistilling apparatus for water

Filter papers MUNKTELLGlass beads

Hand tally countersInterval timers

Laboratory stirrers & accessoriesMagnetic stirrers

Magnetic stirring bars & retrieversMaxima-Minima thermometers

Measuring scoops Parafilm® M & dispenser

Pocket thermometersShakers & attachments

Sight glassesSpirit lampsStirring rods

Stopwatches HANHARTSurface protection paper Labsorb

Swivel roller mixers Table timers HANHART

TripodsUniversal timers

Watch glassesWeighing bottles

Wire gauzes

page

156154155157159161148-149152159159164-167163162156154150-151157160-161153156152158150163158155159153154155

5Laboratory equipment

147

New

Page 149: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

148

www.marienfeld-superior.com5 Laboratory equipment

Grade 3 hw 6 53 Similar to Whatman student grade 114Similar S & S 595, 3002 2555 grained 0858 Surface plain plain embossed Filtration properties medium crystalline medium crystalline medium crystalline Filtration velocity 20 s/10 ml 15 s/10 ml 18 s/10 ml Filtration time (Herzberg) 140 s/100 ml 70 s/100 ml 150 s/100 ml 430 ml/min. 850 ml/min. 400 ml/min. Basis weight 65 g/m2 80 g/m2 70 g/m2

Typical pore size 8 to 12 µm 10 to 13 µm 8 to 12 µm

Filter papers Suitable for ordinary qualitative-technical filtration purposes.

• made of very pure cellulose with a high alpha cellulose content • low ash content (average content is approx. 0.1 %) • wet-strength • for medium crystalline precipitations

Cat. No. Diameter Grade Unit

Circular filters

67 588 12 90 mm 3 hw 10067 588 14 110 mm 3 hw 10067 588 15 125 mm 3 hw 10067 588 16 150 mm 3 hw 10067 589 12 90 mm 6 10067 589 14 110 mm 6 10067 589 15 125 mm 6 10067 589 16 150 mm 6 10067 590 12 90 mm 53 10067 590 14 110 mm 53 10067 590 15 125 mm 53 10067 590 16 150 mm 53 100

Folded filters

67 166 03 125 mm 3 hw 10067 166 04 150 mm 3 hw 10067 166 05 185 mm 3 hw 10067 166 07 240 mm 3 hw 10067 166 09 320 mm 3 hw 10067 167 03 125 mm 6 10067 167 04 150 mm 6 10067 167 05 185 mm 6 10067 167 07 240 mm 6 10067 167 09 320 mm 6 10067 168 03 125 mm 53 10067 168 04 150 mm 53 10067 168 05 185 mm 53 10067 168 07 240 mm 53 10067 168 09 320 mm 53 100

Page 150: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

149

www.marienfeld-superior.com5Laboratory equipment

Circular filtersSuitable for quantitative analysis.

• made of pure cellulose with an alpha cellulose content of almost 100 % • extremely low ash content (approx. 0.007 %) • wet-strength • acid-washed

Cat. No. Diameter Grade Unit

67 591 15 125 mm 388 ● Black spot 10067 591 16 150 mm 388 ● Black spot 100

67 592 15 125 mm 389 White spot 10067 592 16 150 mm 389 White spot 100

67 593 15 125 mm 391 ● Blue spot 10067 593 16 150 mm 391 ● Blue spot 100

388 ● Black spot 389 White spot 391 ● Blue spot Applications for coarse and voluminous coarser precipitates fine-grained precipitates such as iron-, such as lead-, iron- and precipitates such as aluminium- and chromium silver sulphide, alcali barium sulphate, hydroxide, Si-determination carbonates, food stuff metastannic acid, in steel and pig iron analysis and soil analysis cuprous oxide

Similar to S & S 589/1 S & S 589/2 S & S 589/3

Filtration properties fast filtering medium fast filtering very slow filtering wide pores medium pores fine pores soft, lose structure medium tight very tight coarse crystalline medium crystalline very fine crystalline

Filtration velocity 10 s/10 ml 20 s/10 ml 180 s/10 ml

Filtration time (Herzberg) 70 s/100 ml 150 s/100 ml 2500 s/100 ml 850 ml/min 375 ml/min 25 ml/min Basis weight 84 g/m2 84 g/m2 84 g/m2

Typical pore size 12 to 15 µm 8 to 12 µm 2 to 3 µm(Retention range/recommended guide)

CERTIFICATE

The Certification Body

of TÜV SÜD Management Service GmbH certifies that

MUNKTELL & FILTRAK GmbH

Niederschlag 1

D-09471 Bärenstein

has established and applies a Quality Management System for

Development, Manufacture and Sales of Filter and Special Papers, Filter Elements, Sales of Glassmicrofibre and Membranfilter Products.

An audit was performed, Report No. 70019996 Proof has been furnished that the requirements

according to

ISO 9001:2008

are fulfilled. The certificate is valid until 2010-10-29 Certificate Registration No. 12 100 6321 TMS

Munich, 2009-12-17

QMS-TGA-ZM-07-92

CERTIFICATE

The Certification Body of TÜV SÜD Management Service GmbH

certifies that

MUNKTELL & FILTRAK GmbH

Niederschlag 1

D-09471 Bärenstein

has established and applies an Environmental Management System for

Development, Manufacture and Sales of Filter and Special Papers, Filter Elements, Sales of Glassmicrofibre and Membranfilter Products.

An audit was performed, Report No. 70019996 Proof has been furnished that the requirements

according to

ISO 14001:2004

are fulfilled. The certificate is valid until 2012-12-11 Certificate Registration No. 12 104 6321 TMS

Munich, 2009-12-17

EMS-TGA-ZM-07-92

Page 151: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

150

www.marienfeld-superior.com5 Laboratory equipment

Surface protection paper Labsorb • special paper coated with polyethylene • ultra-absorbent carrier material • toxic, infectious, aggressive and radioactive substances are quickly soaked

up into the carrier material • prevents contamination of the surface underneath • suitable for clinical laboratories as contamination can be prevented by

treatment with disinfectants • ideal for laying out chemical cupboards, trays etc. • soft character of material reduces the risk of glass breakage

Dispenser for Parafilm® MFor dust-free storing and convenient cutting of Parafilm® M. • made of transparent acrylic • with hinged lid • with holding device for taking one roll Parafilm® M of 10 cm width or two rolls

of each 5 cm width • efficient cutting wheel is supported by a firm knife guide

Cat. No. Dimensions Unit

58 389 00 120 x 160 x 170 mm 1

Cat. No. Grade Basis weight Thickness Sheet Unit 67 230 02 601/PE 140 g/m2 0.22 mm 480 x 600 mm 50

Page 152: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

151

www.marienfeld-superior.com5Laboratory equipment

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Parafilm® MNo matter whether you wish to seal beakers, Erlenmeyer flasks, weighing bottles or graduated cylinders, the highly elastic and stretchable Parafilm® M laboratory film fits the opening of any vessel. It saves specimens from con- tamination or evaporating. Furthermore, it prevents fallen over flasks from spilling. Parafilm® M stretches up to 200 % of its original size and clings even around irregular shapes and surfaces.

If Parafilm® M comes into contact with foods, the relevant regulations are to be observed. Parafilm® M complies with to the provisions of the US FDA Food and Drug Administration when used below 55 °C and observance of GMP (Good Manufacturing Practice).

Cat. No. Length Width Packaging Unit 74 038 10 38 m 10 cm Dispenser 1274 075 05 75 m 5 cm Dispenser 2474 075 10 75 m 10 cm Dispenser 1274 015 50 15 m 50 cm Roll 6

▲▲

▲▲

Physical properties: Chemical resistance:

Toxicity: not toxic Parafilm® M is resistant up to 48 hours against manyMelting point: 60 °C polar substances, e. g. saline solutions, inorganic Flash point: 301 °C acids and alkaline solutions. After that period Temperature range embrittlement may occur.(continuous use): - 45 °C to + 50 °C

Stretchability: 200 % Effects of 48 hours of exposure at 23 °CElongation at tear: 300 % Acids:Gas permeability in 24 hours at 23 °C with 50 % Hydrochloric acid 36.5 % resistantrelative humidity: Sulphuric acid 98 % resistantOxygen O2 ≤ 350 cm3/m2 Nitric acid 95 % resistant* Nitrogen N2: ≤ 105 cm3/m2 Alkaline solutions:Carbon Dioxide CO2: ≤ 1100 cm3/m2 Sodium hydroxide 22 % resistant Ammonia 28 % resistant

Water vapour permeability in 24 hours Saline solutions:at 37 °C and 90 % relative humidity: 0.8 g/m2 Sodium chloride 20 % resistant Potassium permanganate 5 % resistant* Iodine solution 0.1 ml/l resistant* Storage: Organic solvents:Parafilm® M can be stored for at least 3 years Methanol resistantat a temperature between 7 °C and 32 °C Ethanol resistantand relative humidity of 50 %. Isopropanol resistant Diethylether not resistant Chloroform not resistant Carbon tetrachloride not resistant Benzene not resistant Toluene not resistant

* Brown discoloration

Page 153: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

152

www.marienfeld-superior.com5 Laboratory equipment

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Glass beadsGlass beads are used for mixing or milling. The smaller the beads and the higher their quantity the more intense is the mixing or milling.

• made of soda lime glass • solid

Cat. No. Diameter Unit

In poly bag of 1 kg each

49 010 01 1 mm 149 010 02 2 mm 149 010 03 3 mm 149 010 04 4 mm 149 010 05 5 mm 149 010 06 6 mm 149 010 07 7 mm 149 010 08 8 mm 149 010 10 10 mm 1

In sack of 25 kg each

49 040 03 3 mm 2549 040 04 4 mm 2549 040 05 5 mm 2549 040 06 6 mm 25

Stirring rods • made of soda lime glass • both ends fused

Cat. No. Length Diameter Multipack Unit 49 020 00 150 mm 6 mm 50 x 10 1049 020 01 200 mm 6 mm 50 x 10 1049 020 02 250 mm 7 mm 30 x 10 1049 020 03 250 mm 8 mm 20 x 10 1049 020 04 300 mm 8 mm 30 x 10 10

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 154: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

153

www.marienfeld-superior.com5Laboratory equipment

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Sight glassesSight glasses save the eyes from excessive light intensity by absorption of certain lengths of light waves.

• cobalt blue • thickness: approx. 2.5 mm • cut edges • heat resistant up to 80 °C

Cat. No. Dimensions Unit

18 000 08 50 x 50 mm 1018 000 09 75 x 75 mm 1018 000 10 100 x 100 mm 10

▲▲

Watch glassesWatch glasses can be used to cover beakers, Erlenmeyer flasks and others. In addition, they can be used as weighing dishes.

• made of soda lime glass of 3. hydrolytic class • free of contain cadmium and lead • fire-polished edges

Cat. No. Diameter Multipack Unit 17 040 10 40 mm 30 x 10 1017 050 10 50 mm 30 x 10 1017 060 10 60 mm 30 x 10 1017 070 10 70 mm 30 x 10 1017 080 10 80 mm 30 x 10 1017 090 10 90 mm 30 x 10 1017 100 10 100 mm 30 x 10 1017 120 10 120 mm 30 x 10 1017 125 10 125 mm 30 x 10 1017 150 10 150 mm 30 x 10 1017 200 10 200 mm 10 x 10 1017 250 10 250 mm 20 x 5 5

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 155: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

154

www.marienfeld-superior.com5 Laboratory equipment

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Weighing bottles • made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • in compliance with DIN 12 605 • very good chemical resistance • minimal thermal expansion • high resistance to thermal shocks • with interchangeable cover with standard ground joint • with frosted marking area

Cat. No. Height Diameter Capacity Unit

Low form

45 000 00 30 mm 35 mm 15 ml 1045 000 10 30 mm 50 mm 30 ml 1045 000 20 30 mm 80 mm 80 ml 10

Tall form 45 010 30 40 mm 25 mm 10 ml 1045 010 40 50 mm 30 mm 20 ml 1045 010 50 70 mm 35 mm 45 ml 1045 010 70 80 mm 40 mm 70 ml 10

▲▲

▲▲

Cat. No. Diameter Height of rim Multipack Unit

66 049 00 100 mm 7 mm 6 x 80 80

Aluminium pansAluminium pans can be used for moisture analysis in infra-red dryer or as laboratory or weighing dishes.The extraordinarily flat bottom of these pans ensures good standing on the worktop and keeps the samples securely in place.

• made of aluminium • manufactured free of grease or oil • with particularly flat bottom

Measuring scoops These measuring scoops can be used for determine granular materials and as weighing scoops.

• made of white polypropylene • with imprint of capacity • closed tip minimizes risk of losing media

Cat. No. Capacity Length Unit

58 310 05 100 ml 200 mm 1258 310 06 250 ml 260 mm 658 310 07 500 ml 315 mm 658 310 08 1000 ml 385 mm 6

Page 156: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

155

www.marienfeld-superior.com5Laboratory equipment

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Burners acc. to Bunsen • with air regulation • burner comes with needle valve for selection of gas type • suitable for propane and natural gas

Cat. No. Unit

66 090 07 1

Burners acc. to Teclu • with air regulation • burner comes with needle valve for selection of gas type • suitable for propane and natural gas

Cat. No. Unit

66 090 08 1

Tripods • made of zinc-plated steel • steady stand

Cat. No. Height Diameter inside

66 152 01 180 mm 100 mm 66 152 03 210 mm 120 mm

▲▲

Wire gauzes • the wire gauze is saved from corrosion by zinc coating • with ceramic centre • asbestos-free • no hazardous emission when being used • considered harmless for environment

Cat. No. Dimensions Unit

66 131 01 12 x 12 cm 1066 131 03 16 x 16 cm 1066 131 05 20 x 20 cm 10

▲▲

Page 157: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

156

www.marienfeld-superior.com5 Laboratory equipment

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Spirit lamps • made of soda lime glass • capacity: approx. 125 ml • complete with ground-on cap, cotton wick and socket • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces

Cat. No. Unit

42 009 03 without tubulature 142 010 03 with lateral tubulature 1

Spare parts for spirit lamps

42 711 00 socket (metal and natural cork) 42 711 01 wick 42 711 02 cap

▲▲

AlcoholmetersThe aerometer or alcoholmeter is a measuring device for the determination of density or specific gravity of liquids.

• according to Gay-Lussac • without thermometer • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces

Maxima-Minima thermometersThe Maxima-Minima thermometer allows you to detect fluctuations of tempe-rature and to read them subsequently.

• plastic case and porch in ivory colour • dimensions: approx. 230 x 60 mm • division: 1 °C • with pushbutton for resetting • with hook for hanging • minimum order quantity: 10 pieces • with mercury filling • if mercury thermometers break, the filling must be collected immediately

and without leaving any residues. Otherwise, the mercury could evaporate at room temperatures and the vapour is toxic. • thermometers with mercury filling may not be used and sold within the

European Union

Cat. No. Range (Tol. ± 1) Multipack

30 050 03 - 38 to + 50 °C 150

Cat. No. Range Total length

31 044 65 0 to 100: 1 %-vol 260 mm

Page 158: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

157

www.marienfeld-superior.com5Laboratory equipment

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Chemical thermometers • filled system • measuring capillary with lens front • division: 1 °C • calibrated for total immersion • available with blue (mercury) or red (alcohol) filling. Thermometers con-

taining mercury are not wetting like thermometers with alcohol filling. The alcohol filling may deposit at the glass capillaries. Thermometers with mercury filling hence measure more exactly than with alcohol filling. In general, mercury thermometers measure reliably and provide more accurate results. • if mercury thermometers break, the filling must be collected immediately

without leaving any residues. Otherwise, the mercury evaporates at room temperature and the vapour is toxic. • thermometers with mercury filling may not be used and sold within the

European Union

Cat. No. Range Length x Ø Multipack Unit

30 080 15 - 35 + 50 °C 145 x 11,5 mm 10 x 1 130 080 17 - 10 + 100 °C 145 x 11,5 mm 10 x 1 1

Cat. No. Range Length

With red filling (alcohol)

30 030 17 - 10 + 100 °C 260 mm 30 030 18 - 10 + 150 °C 260 mm 30 030 19 - 10 + 200 °C 300 mm 30 030 20 - 10 + 250 °C 300 mm

With mercury filling, blue reflecting

30 010 17 - 10 + 100 °C 260 mm 30 010 18 - 10 + 150 °C 260 mm 30 010 19 - 10 + 200 °C 300 mm 30 010 20 - 10 + 250 °C 300 mm 30 010 22 - 10 + 360 °C 340 mm 30 010 23 - 10 + 420 °C 340 mm

Pocket thermometers • filled system • measuring capillary with lens front • division: 1 °C • colourless • calibrated for total immersion • with red (alcohol) filling • in nickel-plated metal case with bayonet cap and clip

▲▲

Page 159: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

158

www.marienfeld-superior.com5 Laboratory equipment

This arrow identifies products which are usually available within short time.

Table timers PRISMA 400 • interval-up-down timer for various applications in laboratories • offers 4 different functions:

• start/stop/reset • addition • flyback count-down • count-down

• with double row LCD display: • upper row: 3 digits, lower row: 5 digits • double row function window with 6 positions, height of digits approx. 22 / 8 mm

• display range can be selected as: • 999 min, 99/100 min • 9 h, 59 min, 59 sec, 1/10 sec

• with adjustable alarm signal • can be used at temperatures from - 10 to + 55 °C • with sturdy, white plastic housing • dimensions: approx. 175 x 130 x 40 / 95 mm • battery: Mignon (AA) R 6

Cat. No. Unit

63 901 20 1

Stopwatches STRATOS 2 • electronic timer • with 2 buttons for following functions:

• start/stop/reset • addition/split/dual measuring

• with 7-digits LCD display (heights of numbers: approx. 6.5 mm) • display range: 9 hours, 59 minutes and 59.99 seconds, 1/100 sec • with black palstic housing approx. 66 x 70 x 21 mm • with lanyard • with battery (button cell SR 54)

Stopwatches addition type AMIGO • mechanical timer • with interruption and flyback functions • display range: 30 min, 1/5 sec • mechanical winding up of the shock-protected lever movement is at the

back • pinlever 1 jewel • with black plastic housing approx. 55 mm diameter • with lanyard

Cat. No. Unit

63 901 00 1

Cat. No. Unit

63 901 10 1

Page 160: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

159

www.marienfeld-superior.com5Laboratory equipment

This arrow identifies products which are usually available within short time.

Hand tally counters • with zero setting by knurled turning knob at the right • with holding ring • 4-digits display up to 9999

Interval timers • mechanical interval timer • with count-down • with alarm signal when reaching ”0” • with white plastic casing • for lying, standing or hanging

Digi-Timers • electronic interval timer • with 4-digits display for minutes and seconds • with count-down from 0 to 99:59 minutes • wit alarm signal when reaching ”0” • with magnet to attach the timer to metal surfaces • with battery (button cell SR 44 1.5 V)

Universal timers • electronic timer • offers 3 different functions:

• count-down from 1 second to 24 hours • count-up from 1 second to 24 hours • clock with 24-hours display

• with digital display • with alarm signal • with magnet to attach the timer to metal surfaces • with holding clip and stand • dimensions: approx. 68 x 53 x 20 mm • with battery

Cat. No. Unit

71 000 00 with plastic housing 1 71 000 01 with metal housing 1

Cat. No. Display range Multipack Unit

63 110 00 0 to 60 minutes 100 x 1 1 63 710 10 0 to 120 minutes 50 x 1 1

Cat. No. Display range Multipack Unit

63 400 50 99 minutes and 59 seconds 50 x 1 1

Cat. No. Display range Multipack Unit

63 500 60 23 hours, 59 minutes and 59 seconds 50 x1 1

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

Page 161: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

160

www.marienfeld-superior.com5 Laboratory equipment

This arrow identifies products which are usually available within short time.

ShakersA versatile multi-purpose shaker adaptable for different applications thanks to its attachments. You need only 1 shaker basis unit for 5 different applications.

Basic drive with device to hold attachments

• with opto-electronic feed-back speed control • with timer from 1 to 60 min • shaking frequency infinitely adjustable from 100 to 1200 r.p.m. • amplitude: approx. 3 mm horizontal • for orbital shaking motions • with CE -mark

Cat. No. Electric mains Unit

72 040 10 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 1 72 140 10 115 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

Cat. No. Unit

72 040 11 Dimensions: approx. 410 x 210 x 40 mm 1 Recommended shaking frequency: max. 1100 r.p.m.

Attachments for shakers

Plate for Petri dishes, V.D.R.L. slides, microtiter plates, etc.

Small flasks can be placed skid-proof on the rubber like mat.

Holder for 4 flasks (e.g.: Erlenmeyer or round bottom flasks 500 ml)

The low centre of gravity ensures exceptionally smooth running.

Cat. No. Unit

72 040 12 Dimensions: approx. 390 x 230 x 43 mm 1 Recommended shaking frequency: max. 500 r.p.m.

Universal attachment for various flasks

A swing-type tie beam keeps the various flasks securely in place by spring tension. This allows you to work at constant shaking rate.

Cat. No. Unit

72 040 13 Dimensions: approx. 310 x 150 x 125 mm 1 Recommended shaking frequency: max. 500 r.p.m.

Page 162: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

161

www.marienfeld-superior.com5Laboratory equipment

Attachments for shakers

Holder for up to 36 test tubes, max. 16 mm Ø

Two clamp screws offer the possibility to adjust the position of the tubes from vertical to a 45° declination. Suitable for application with rotations ranging from extremely slow to constantly high.

Cat. No. Unit

72 040 14 Dimensions: approx. 190 x 140 x 150 mm 1 Recommended shaking frequency: max. 800 r.p.m.

Support for single-hand shaking of test tubes or round bottom flaksup to 100 ml

The flasks can be held in the hand during shaking process.

Cat. No. Unit

72 040 15 Dimensions: approx. 130 x 132 x 40 mm 1 Recommended shaking frequency: max. 1100 r.p.m.

Distilling apparatus for water • for mono-distillation of tap water • heating coil made of stainless steel • glass part made of borosilicate glass 3.3 • distillate: 3.5 l/h • distillate temperature: 60 °C • with CE - mark

Cat. No. Electric mains Unit 72 240 02 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

▲▲

This arrow identifies products which are usually available within short time.

Page 163: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

162

www.marienfeld-superior.com5 Laboratory equipment

Magnetic stirring bars • with magnetic centre and PTFE-coating • very good chemical resistance • cylindrical shape • with smooth surfaces • magnetic stirring bars with pivot rings find automatically the best turning

position

Magnetic stirring bar retrievers • with magnetic centre and PTFE-coating • very good chemical resistance • length: approx. 350 mm • with smooth surface

Cat. No. Length x Ø Unit

Without pivot ring

57 000 01 7 x 2 mm 1057 000 02 8 x 3 mm 1057 000 04 10 x 3 mm 1057 000 06 10 x 6 mm 10

57 000 10 12 x 4,5 mm 1057 000 20 15 x 6 mm 1057 000 27 20 x 6 mm 1057 000 32 25 x 6 mm 10

57 000 40 30 x 6 mm 1057 000 47 35 x 6 mm 1057 000 55 40 x 8 mm 1057 000 61 45 x 8 mm 10

57 000 65 50 x 8 mm 1057 000 74 60 x 9 mm 1057 000 81 70 x 9 mm 1057 000 85 80 x 9 mm 10

With pivot ring

57 004 27 20 x 6 mm 1057 004 32 25 x 6 mm 1057 004 40 30 x 6 mm 1057 004 47 35 x 6 mm 10

57 004 55 40 x 8 mm 1057 004 65 50 x 8 mm 1057 004 74 60 x 9 mm 1057 004 81 70 x 9 mm 10

Cat. No.

57 000 97

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

▲▲

This arrow identifies products which are usually available within short time.

Page 164: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

163

www.marienfeld-superior.com5Laboratory equipment

This arrow identifies products which are usually available within short time.

Swivel roller mixersAllows the thorough mixing of samples and cell suspensions by wobbling and rolling motions.

• with constant speed of 35 r.p.m. • with wobbling and rolling motions • with 5 rolls made of PVC, each with a length of 330 mm • dimensions: approx. 430 x 180 x 95 mm • with CE -mark

Cat. No. Electric mains Unit

72 040 08 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 1 72 140 08 115 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

Magnetic stirrers with hotplate • with 4-digits LED display • speed infinitely adjustable from 60 to 1600 r.p.m. • with indication of set temperature, nominal temperature and safety tem-

perature • with switch-off timer • upper part of case and top plate made of stainless steel, lower part of case

acid-proof lacquered sheet steel • direct control of the liquid’s temperature is possible by attachable PT100

probe • with plug for contact thermometer • with CE-mark

• with hotplate made of stainless steel • dimensions of hotplate: approx. 130 mm Ø • temperature range: from room temperature up to 330 °C • heating power: 500 W • dimensions: approx. 184 x 150 x 115 mm (L x W x H)

• with hotplate made of Ceran®

• dimensions of hotplate: approx. 125 x 125 mm (diagonal 175 mm) • temperature range: from room temperature up to 370 °C • heating power: 600 W • dimensions: approx. 140 x 180 x 125 mm (L x W x H)

Cat. No. Electric mains Unit

72 041 04 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 1 72 141 04 115 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

Cat. No. Electric mains Unit

72 041 05 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 1 72 141 05 115 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

Page 165: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

164

www.marienfeld-superior.com5 Laboratory equipment

Laboratory stirrers R18Suitable for stirring media with medium viscosity.Small dimensions, great performance range.

• with opto-electronic feed-back speed control. This control allows a constant speed even in case of temporary fluctuations in viscosity. • speed infinitely adjustable from 110 to 2000 r.p.m. • with electronic speed control • with CE-mark

Technical specifications:

• torque: 18 Ncm • stirring capacity: 50 litres • with hollow shaft for stirring paddles with a diameter of 6, 8 and 10 mm • length of hollow shaft: 55 mm • power output: 85 Watt • power input: 120 Watt • dimensions: approx. 65 x 108 x 100 mm (L x W x H) • weight: 2.1 kg

Cat. No. Electric mains Unit

72 042 20 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 1 72 142 20 115 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

Laboratory stirrers R17Small and handy laboratory stirrer designed for continuous operation.

• speed infinitely adjustable from 100 to 2000 r.p.m. • with electronic feed-back speed control • with CE-mark

Technical specifications:

• torque: 4 Ncm • stirring capacity: 5 litres • with hollow shaft for stirring paddles with a diameter of 4 mm • mounting support: 180 x 10 mm • power output: 17 Watt • power input: 40 Watt • dimensions: approx. 66 x 64 x 120 mm (L x W x H) • weight: 1.2 kg

Cat. No. Electric mains Unit

72 042 21 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 1 72 142 21 115 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

This arrow identifies products which are usually available within short time.

Page 166: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

165

www.marienfeld-superior.com5Laboratory equipment

Laboratory stirrers R50Suitable for reproducible stirring of media of medium viscosity.

• with opto-electronic feed-back speed control. This control allows a constant speed even in case of fluctuations in viscosity. • speed infinitely adjustable from 50 to 1600 r.p.m. • with electronic speed control • with its slim shape the instrument is excellently suitable for parallel

experiments • with CE-mark

Technical specifications:

• torque: 50 Ncm • stirring capacity: 100 litres • with hollow shaft for stirring paddles with a diameter of 6, 8 and 10 mm • length of hollow shaft: 55 mm • power output: 85 Watt • power input: 120 Watt • dimensions: approx. 65 x 108 x 100 mm (L x W x H) • weight: 2.1 kg

Cat. No. Electric mains Unit

72 042 19 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 1 72 142 19 115 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

Laboratory stirrers R50D with digital display Suitable for reproducible stirring of media of medium viscosity.

• with opto-electronic feed-back speed control. This control allows a constant speed even in case of fluctuations in viscosity. • speed infinitely adjustable from 50 to 1600 r.p.m. • with electronic speed control • with digital display • with its slim shape the instrument is excellently suitable for parallel

experiments • with CE-mark

Technical specifications:

• torque: 50 Ncm • stirring capacity: 100 litres • with hollow shaft for stirring paddles with a diameter of 6, 8 and 10 mm • length of hollow shaft: 55 mm • power output: 85 Watt • power input: 120 Watt • dimensions: approx. 65 x 108 x 100 mm (L x W x H) • weight: 2.1 kg

Cat. No. Electric mains Unit

72 042 22 230 V / 50 to 60 cps 1 72 142 22 115 V / 50 to 60 cps 1

New

Page 167: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

166

www.marienfeld-superior.com5 Laboratory equipment

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Stands for stirrers • to be assembled by a base plate made of powder-coated steel with rubber

feet and a zinc-coated rod with thread M10 • non-slipping stand due to its rubber feet

Cat. No. Plate: Length x Width

66 474 02 210 x 130 mm

Cat. No. Rod: Length x Ø

66 476 01 750 x 12 mm

BossheadsBossheads are designed to fasten the overhead laboratory stirrers to the stand.

• made of powder-coated zinc diecasting • screws made of nickel-plated steel • suitable for rods up to 16 mm diameter

Cat. No. Unit

66 280 00 1

Page 168: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

167

www.marienfeld-superior.com5Laboratory equipment

Cat. No. For Stirring rod: Paddle: Unit stirres Length x Ø Width Height

66 413 01 R17 175 x 4 mm 38 mm 13 mm 166 413 02 R18 350 x 8 mm 90 mm 15 mm 1 R50 R50D

Blade stirrers • made of stainless steel • suitable for laboratory stirrers

Propeller stirrers • made of stainless steel • suitable for laboratory stirrers • 3-bladed

Cat. No. For Stirring rod: Paddle: Unit stirres Length x Ø Width Height

66 413 03 R18 400 x 8 mm 70 mm 12 mm 1 R50 R50D

New

Page 169: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U
Page 170: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

6Liquid Handling

169

6Liquid Handling

List of contents

Bench-top rack for Transferpette® Bench-top rack for Transferpette® S

Bottles for dispenserDispenser, bottletop, SUPERIOR

HandyStep® HandyStep® electronic

Pipette tipsPipette tips, PLASTIBRAND®

Precision Dispenser tips PLASTIBRAND®

Reaction vessels Stands for reaction vessels

Transferpette® Transferpette® -8 Transferpette® S

Transferpette® S -8/-12

page

172174170171177178181180176181181172173174175 New

Page 171: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

170

www.marienfeld-superior.com6 Liquid Handling

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Dispenser bottles • made of amber glass • with ISO thread fitting the SUPERIOR bottle-top dispenser • the plastic coating increase the resistance against breakage and minimize

the risk of splintering

Cat. No. Capacity Form Thread Multipack

Uncoated

36 206 06 250 ml square GL 32 24 36 206 07 500 ml square GL 32 20 36 206 08 1000 ml square GL 45 24 36 206 10 2500 ml round GL 45

Plastic coated

36 207 06 250 ml square GL 32 36 207 07 500 ml square GL 32 36 207 08 1000 ml square GL 45 36 207 10 2500 ml round GL 45

▲▲

▲▲

Recommended application range for the bottletop dispenser SUPeRioR

Reagent

AcetaldehydeAcetic acidAcetoneAcetonitrileAcetylacetoneAcrylonitrileAcrylic acidAdipic acidAllyl alcoholAluminium chlorideAmino acidsAmmonium chlorideAmmonium fluorideAmmonium hydroxideAmmonium sulfate n-Amyl acetateAmyl alcohol (Pentanol)Amyl chloride (Chloropentane)AnilineBarium chlorideBenzaldehydeBenzine (Gasoline)BenzeneBenzyl chlorideBenzyl alcoholBiuret reagentBenzyl amineBenzyl chlorideBoric acidBromobenzeneBromonaphthaleneButanediol1-ButanolButyric acidn-Butyl acetate Butyl amine

Reagent

Butyl methyl etherCalcium carbonateCalcium chlorideCalcium hydroxideCalcium hypochloriteChloroacetalaldehydeChloroacetoneChlorobenzeneChlorbutaneChloroacetic acidChloro naphthaleneChromic acidChromosulfuric acidCopper sulfateCresolCumene (Isopropyl benzene)CyclohexanoneDecane1-DecanolDibenzyletherDichlorobenzeneDichloroethane DichloromethaneDiethanolamineDiethylamine1.2 DiethylbenzeneDiethylene glycolDiethyl etherDimethylanilineDimethylformamide (DMF)Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO)1.4 DioxaneDiphenyl etherEthanolEthanolamineEthyl acetate

Reagent

Ethyl methyl ketoneFormaldehydeFormamideFormic acidGlycol (Ethylene glycol)Glycolic acid, 50%GlycerolHeating oil (Diesel oil)HexaneHexanoic acidHexanolHydrochloric acid, 37%Hydroiodic acidIodine-Potassium iodide solutionIsoamyl alcoholIsobutanolIsopropanol (2-Propanol)Isopropyl etherLactic acidMagnesium chlorideMercuric chloride MethanolMethoxybenzeneMethyl benzoateMethyl butyl etherMethyl formateMethyl propyl ketoneMineral oil (Engine oil)Monochloroacetic acid, 50%Nitric acid, 30%NitrobenzeneOctaneOleic acidOxalic acidPerchoric acidPetroleum

Reagent

PhenolPhenylethanolPhenylhydrazinePhosphoric acid, 85%Phosphoric acid, 85% + Sulfuric acid 98%, 1:1PiperidinePotassium chloridePotassium dichromatePotassium hydroxidePotassium permanganatePropanolPropionic acidPropylene glycol (Propanediol)Propylene oxidePyridine Pyruvic acidSalicyl acidSalicylaldehydeSodium acetateSodium chlorideSodium dichromateSodium fluorideSodium hypochloriteSodium hydroxide, 30%Sulfuric acid, 98%Silver acetate Silver nitrateTurpentineTetramethylammonium hydroxideTolueneTartaric acidUreaXyleneZinc chlorideZinc sulfate

Page 172: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

171

www.marienfeld-superior.com6Liquid Handling

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Bottletop dispensers SUPeRioRA dispenser is used for dispensing fluids considering the following physical limits:

• temperature from 15 to 40 °C for apparatus and liquids • density up to 2.2 g/cm3 • vapour pressure up to 500 mbar • viscosity up to 500 mm2/s

• high-quality materials (ETFE, PFA, FEP, borosilicate glass, platinum- iridium) ensure high chemical resistance against most acids, solvents and bases • quick, easy and precise volume adjustment • a positive displacement plunger with a PFA seal minimizes the crystal-

lization of liquids and thus the clogging of the plunger • with variable volume • scale easily readable • no drops after tube has been capped • completely autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar, tmax 20 min) • conformity certified acc. to DIN 12 600 • individual serial number on each dispenser • detailed instruction manual and quality certificate attached • supplied with 3 thread adapters, 1 intake tube and 1 mounting tool • margins of error in accordance with DIN EN ISO 8655-5:

Nominal volumes: 2.5 ml 5 to 100 ml

Accuracy: < ± 0.6 % < ± 0.5 % Coefficient of variation: < 0.1 % < 0.1 %

Cat. No. Volume range Volume steps Thread Adapter Unit

SUPeRioR

53 260 28 0.5 - 2.5 ml 0.05 ml GL 32 GL 28, 45, S*40 153 260 04 1 - 5 ml 0.10 ml GL 32 GL 28, 45, S*40 153 260 05 2 - 10 ml 0.20 ml GL 32 GL 28, 45, S*40 153 260 06 5 - 25 ml 0.50 ml GL 45 GL 32, 38, S*40 153 260 08 10 - 50 ml 1.00 ml GL 45 GL 32, 38, S*40 153 260 09 20 - 100 ml 2.00 ml GL 45 GL 32, 38, S*40 1

SUPeRioR ”HF” for hydrofluoric acid(maximum permitted concentration 52 %)

53 250 05 1 - 10 ml 0.20 ml GL 45 GL 32, 38, S*40 1

* Buttress thread

▲▲

▲▲

Page 173: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

172

www.marienfeld-superior.com6 Liquid Handling

Transferpette® single-channel • digital adjustable volume • conformity certified, with performance certificate • side-mounted pipetting key and separate tip ejector • autoclavable pipette shaft at 121°C (2 bar), according to DIN EN 285 • Easy Calibration Technique: readjustment without special tools • corrosion resistant piston and ejector • coloured tip ejector caps indicate appropriate tips to use • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark

CV = Coefficient of variation

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= max. volume) indicated on the instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with smooth operation.

Cat. No. Capacity Division Accuracy* ≤ CV* ≤ Unit ±% ± µl % µl 51 135 54 0.1 - 1 µl 0.005 µl 2.0 0.02 1.2 0.012 1 51 135 26 0.5 - 10 µl 0.05 µl 1.0 0.1 0.8 0.08 1 51 135 27 2 - 20 µl 0.1 µl 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 151 135 28 5 - 50 µl 0.1 µl 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 151 135 30 10 - 100 µl 0.1 µl 0.6 0.6 0.2 0.2 151 135 45 20 - 200 µl 1 µl 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 151 135 47 25 - 250 µl 1 µl 0.6 1.5 0.2 0.5 151 135 35 100 -1000 µl 1 µl 0.6 6.0 0.2 2.0 151 135 46 500 -5000 µl 10 µl 0.6 30 0.2 10 1

Bench-top racks for Transferpette® single-channel digital adjustable type • including adapter for 2 ml or 0.5 to 5 ml

Cat. No. For Unit

51 211 00 1 x 3 pipettes 151 211 01 2 x 3 pipettes 1

Page 174: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

173

www.marienfeld-superior.com6Liquid Handling

Transferpette®-8 multi-channel • conformity certified, with performance certificate • special FKM V-rings and the stepped shape of the ejector significantly

reduce the ejection force needed • individual shafts and seals can easily be replaced in the laboratory • universal tip cone – the taper is designed to fit most leading manu-

facturers tips • corrosion resistant piston and ejector • Easy Calibration Technique: readjustment without special tools • autoclavable manifold (121°C), freely rotatable over 360° • separate tip ejector • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark

CV = Coefficient of variation

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= max. volume) indicated on the instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with smooth operation.

Cat. No. Capacity Division Accuracy* ≤ CV* ≤ Unit ± % ± µl % µl 51 137 45 20 - 200 µl 1 µl 0.6 1.2 0.3 0.6 151 137 49 30 - 300 µl 1 µl 0.6 1.8 0.3 0.9 1

Page 175: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

174

www.marienfeld-superior.com6 Liquid Handling

Transferpette® S single-channel The piston-operated pipettes Transferpette® S from BRAND are the perfect manual pipettes for the most demanding application in the lab. They include all of the features requested by Life Science users.

• digital adjustable type, supplied with rack mount • 4-position volume display, always clearly visible, for highest precision • conformity certified to DIN 12600, with performance certificate • the error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2 • large, central pipetting button and separate ejection function • ergonomic finger rest that adapts to your hand for a relaxed grip • true one-handed operation - volume setting for both right- and left-handers • volume-change protection • completely autoclavable at 121°C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285 • Easy Calibration Technique: readjustment without special tools • corrosion-resistant piston and ejector for durability • colour-coding for easy tip selection • short stroke of only 12.5 mm to reduce the risk of RSI • due to the optimized standard design of the tip cone pipette tips of all

leading manufacturers can be used • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD

directive 98/79/EC, with CE - mark

CV = Coefficient of variation

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= max. volume) indicated on the instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with smooth operation.

** For use only with 2 - 200 µl pipette tips

Cat. No. Capacity Division Accuracy* ≤ CV* ≤ Unit ± % ± µl % µl

51 136 54 0.1 - 1 µl 0.001 2.0 0.02 1.2 0.012 1 51 136 26 0.5 - 10 µl 0.01 1.0 0.10 0.5 0.05 1 51 136 27** 2 - 20 µl 0.02 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 151 136 30 10 - 100 µl 0.1 0.6 0.6 0.2 0.2 151 136 45 20 - 200 µl 0.2 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 151 136 35 100 - 1000 µl 1 0.6 6.0 0.2 2.0 151 136 46 500 - 5000 µl 5 0.6 30 0.2 10 151 136 48 1000 -10000 µl 10 0.6 60 0.2 20 1

Bench-top rack for Transferpette® S single-channel and S-8/-12 multi-channel

Cat. No. For Unit

51 212 00 6 pipettes 1

Page 176: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

175

www.marienfeld-superior.com6Liquid Handling

Transferpette® S -8/-12 multi-channel The Transferpette® S -8/-12 piston-operated multichannel pipettes are the perfect manual pipettes for the most demanding applications in the lab. They provide all of the features required by users working in the life sciences field. A particular advantage of the new multi-channel pipette is the easy operation, e.g. when performing serial pipetting of immunological assays, while serial dilutions or when filling the 96-well plates for cell cultures. The use of new innovative materials results in a pipette that is light, precise, rugged and reliable.

• 4-position volume display, always clearly visible, for highest precision • conformity certified to DIN 12600, with performance certificate • the error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2 • large, central pipetting button and separate ejection function • ergonomic finger rest that adapts to your hand for a relaxed grip • true one-handed operation - volume setting for both right- and left-handers • volume-change protection • completely autoclavable at 121°C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285 • Easy Calibration Technique: readjustment without special tools • corrosion-resistant piston and ejector for durability • colour-coding for easy tip selection • short stroke of only 12.5 mm to reduce the risk of RSI • low strain - special shafts and sealing rings made of FKM and the stepped

design of the tip ejector reduce attachment and ejection forces • individual shafts with seals can be easily unscrewed for cleaning or

replacing - eliminates expense and long outages • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark • items supplied: 1 Tip-Box N filled with PLASTIBRAND® tips

1 Tip-Rack refill unit 1 shelf/rack mount 1 reagent-reservoir 1 set of sealing rings made of FKM and silicon oil

CV = Coefficient of variation

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= max. volume) indicated on the instrument.

Cat. No. Capacity Division Tip type Accuracy* ≤ CV* ≤ Unit ± % ± µl % µl

Transferpette® S -8

51 140 26 0.5 – 10 µl 0.1 µl nano-cap™/20 1.6 0.16 1.0 0.1 151 140 28 5 – 50 µl 0.1 µl 200 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 151 140 30 10 – 100 µl 0.2 µl 200/300 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.3 151 140 45 20 – 200 µl 0.2 µl 200/300 0.8 1.6 0.3 0.6 151 140 49 30 – 300 µl 0.2 µl 300 0.6 1.8 0.3 0.9 1

Transferpette® S -12

51 141 26 0.5 – 10 µl 0.1 µl nano-cap™/20 1.6 0.16 1.0 0.1 151 141 28 5 – 50 µl 0.1 µl 200 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 151 141 30 10 – 100 µl 0.2 µl 200/300 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.3 151 141 45 20 – 200 µl 0.2 µl 200/300 0.8 1.6 0.3 0.6 151 141 49 30 – 300 µl 0.2 µl 300 0.6 1.8 0.3 0.9 1

New

Page 177: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

176

www.marienfeld-superior.com6 Liquid Handling

Precision Dispenser TipsPLASTiBRAND® The PLASTIBRAND® PD-Tips with patented size encoding are the idealsystem component for the repetitive pipette HandyStep® electronic (withautomatic tip size recognition) and HandyStep® from BRAND.

• made from high-quality materials (cylinder: PP / piston: PE-HD, 0.1 ml: LCP) • conformity certified, delivered a batch certificate • in compliance with ISO 8655 • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD-directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark

PLASTIBRAND® PD-Tips can be used also with compatible, third-partydispensing systems. The automatic size detection option is available with:

• HandyStep® electronic • Gilson® Repetman® • Rainin AutoRep™ E

In addition, PD-Tips can be used with:

• HandyStep® • Rainin AutoRep™ M • Eppendorf® Multipette® 4780 • Eppendorf® EDOS® 5221

An adapter is supplied standard for 25 ml and 50 ml.

Accuracy table please see page 177.

Cat. No. Capacity Unit

Non-sterile

51 077 23 0.10 ml 10051 077 06 0.50 ml 10051 077 08 1.25 ml 10051 077 12 2.50 ml 10051 077 13 5.00 ml 10051 077 14 12.5 ml 10051 077 15 25 ml incl. adapter 5051 077 16 50 ml incl. adapter 25

Non-sterile, PD-Tip Set (20 PD-Tips each in sizes of)

51 077 30 0.5 ml, 1.25 ml, 2.5 ml, 5 ml + 25 ml 1

Page 178: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

177

www.marienfeld-superior.com6Liquid Handling

HandyStep®

• for serial pipetting. A close-tolerance stepping mechanism allows the HandyStep® repetitive pipette to pffer precise repetition of the selected volume. With up to 49 dispensing steps from each aspisation, it is ideal for making aliquots of stock liquids. • the instrument works on the positive displacement principle, making it

suitable for routine dispensing, as well as for difficult liquids. Viscous, high density or high vapor pressure liquids can be dispensed while maintaining accuracy and precision. • conformity ceritfied, with performance certificate • ergonomic • one-hand operation • superior handling • maintenance-free • factory adjusted • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE-mark

Cat. No. Unit

51 138 00 with wall support 1

HandyStep® Volume range Nominal volume A* Nominal volume CV* with PD-Tips ≤ ± % ≤ % 10% 2% 10% 2%

0.1 ml 2 - 10 µl 1.6 8.0 2.0 5.0 0.5 ml 10 - 50 µ 0.8 4.0 0.6 1.4 1.25 ml 25 - 125 µl 0.8 4.0 0.3 0.8 2.5 ml 50 - 250 µl 0.7 3.5 0.2 0.8 5.0 ml 100 - 500 µl 0.5 2.5 0.2 0.6 12.5 ml 250 - 1250 µl 0.3 1.5 0.2 0.4 25 ml 500 - 2500 µl 0.3 1.5 0.2 0.4 50 ml 1000 - 5000 µl 0.3 1.5 0.15 0.4

Accuracy table

CV = Coefficient of variation A = Accuracy

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capa-city (= max. volume) indicated on the instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with smooth operation.

Settings and volume ranges

Stroke settings 1 2 3 4 5Number of steps 49 24 15 11 9

PD-Tip ml Dispensing volume µl

0.1 2 4 6 8 100.5 10 20 30 40 501.25 25 50 75 100 1252.5 50 100 150 200 2505 100 200 300 400 50012.5 250 500 750 1000 125025 500 1000 1500 2000 250050 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Page 179: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

178

www.marienfeld-superior.com6 Liquid Handling

HandyStep® electronic • versatile operation with 3 modes:

• Dispensing (DISP) standard mode: A predefined volume is dispensed repeatedly.

• Automatic Dispensing (AUTO-DISP): The instrument uses ist patented learning function to calculate the average time interval between your first three dispensing steps, and automatically continues to work at this rhythm.

• Pipetting (PIP): Single aspiration / dispense positive displacement function. Ideal for pipetting viscous or volatile fluids.

• variable volume setting from 1 µl to 50 ml • conformity certified, with performance certificate • patented learning function for individual adjustments of intervals in auto-

matic dispensing • separate speed adjustment for filling and dispensing, independently

adjustable • patented automatic Tip size recognition of the PLASTIBRAND® PD-Tips

with size encoding • one each PD-Tip size 0.5 ml, 1.25 ml, 2.5 ml, 5 ml and 12.5 ml is included • compatible system: will accept most third-party dispenser tips (such as

Combitips®, Combitips® plus, and others) • incl. NiMH battery pack and charging dock. NiMH battery pack – easy to

replace, charges in as little as 2.5 hours. Charge the storage battery either in the instrument or separately in the charger. • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark

Art. Nr. Ac. adapter Unit

51 139 50 Europe (continental) 230 V / 50 cps 151 139 51 UK / Ireland 230 V / 50 cps 151 139 52 USA / Japan 110 V / 50 to 60 cps 151 139 53 Australia 240 V / 50 cps 1

Page 180: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

179

www.marienfeld-superior.com6Liquid Handling

HandyStep® electronicAccuracy table for HandyStep® electronic, Repetitive Pipette withPLASTIBRAND® PD-Tips, conformity certified

HandyStep® Volume range Subdivision Nominal volume Accuracy* Nominal volume CV* with PD-Tip ≤ ± % ≤ % 100% 50% 10% 1% 100% 50% 10% 1%

0.1 ml 1 - 100 µl 1 - 100 µl 0.1 µl 1.0 1.2 1.6 16 0.5 1.0 2.0 12 0.5 ml 5 - 500 µl 5 - 100 µl 0.1 µl 0.9 0.9 0.9 9 0.25 0.5 1.0 6 100 - 500 µl 1 µl

1.25 ml 12.5 - 1250 µl 12.5 - 100 µl 0.5 µl 0.6 0.9 0.9 8 0.15 0.3 0.6 3.5 100 - 1000 µl 1 µl 1 - 1.25 ml 10 µl

2.5 ml 25 - 2500 µl 25 - 1000 µl 1 µl 0.5 0.8 0.8 8 0.1 0.2 0.4 2.5 1 - 2.5 ml 10 µl

5.0 ml 50 - 5000 µl 50 - 1000 µl 1 µl 0.5 0.8 0.8 8 0.08 0.15 0.3 1.5 1 - 5 ml 10 µl

12.5 ml 125 µl - 12.5 ml 125 - 1000 µl 5 µl 0.4 0.5 0.5 5 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.25 1 - 10 ml 10 µl 10 - 12.5 ml 100 µl

25 ml 250 µl - 25 ml 250 µl - 10 ml 10 µl 0.3 0.3 0.3 3 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.25 10 - 25 ml 100 µl

50 ml 500 µl - 50 ml 500 µl - 10 ml 10 µl 0.3 0.3 0.3 3 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.25 10 - 50 ml 100 µl

CV = Coefficient of variation * Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits refer to a volume that is adjust-able using the respective PD-Tip obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with smooth, steady operation. The tolerances defined in ISO 8655 are not exceeded.

BRAND®, Transferpette®, HandyStep®, PLASTIBRAND®, as well as the logodesign mark depicted, are trademarks of BRAND GMBH + CO KG, Germany.

Page 181: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

180

www.marienfeld-superior.com6 Liquid Handling

Pipette tips PLASTiBRAND® • made of high-purity polypropylene, free from DIHEMDA and oleamide • for single use • non-sterile • autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), according to DIN EN 285 • with graduation for easy volume control • bulk packed: 500 resp. 1000 pieces in a poly bag • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark

Pipette tips PLASTiBRAND®

Tip-Rack • made of high-purity polypropylene, free from DIHEMDA and oleamide • for single use • non-sterile • autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), according to DIN EN 285 • with graduation for easy volume control • racked: Tip-Rack (96 tips per rack) • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark

Cat. No. Capacity Tips Tip tray Unit 52 200 16 2 - 200 µl colourless yellow 10 x 9652 200 18 5 - 300 µl colourless green 10 x 96

Pipette tips PLASTiBRAND® Tip-Set • made of high-purity polypropylene, free from DIHEMDA and oleamide • for single use • non-sterile • autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), according to DIN EN 285 • with graduation for easy volume control • racked: combination of 4 loaded tip trays (2 Tip-Racks) and 1 filled Tip-Box PC • approved for in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) applications according to IVD directive

98/79/EC, with CE - mark

Cat. No. Capacity Tips Tip tray Unit

52 200 15 2 - 200 µl colourless yellow 5 x 96 + Box52 200 17 5 - 300 µl colourless green 5 x 96 + Box

Cat. No. Capacity Tips Unit

52 200 27 0.1 - 20 µl colourless nano-capTM/20 2 x 100052 200 14 0.5 - 20 µl colourless 10 x 100052 200 12 2 - 200 µl yellow 10 x 100052 200 13 50 - 1000 µl blue 10 x 50052 200 26 0.5 - 5 ml colourless 1 x 20052 200 28 1 - 10 ml colourless 2 x 100

Page 182: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

181

www.marienfeld-superior.com6Liquid Handling

Pipette tips • made of selected and hydrophobic polypropylene, conform to the EC

chemicals regulation REACH • universal fit for use on various single and multiple channel pipettes of

leading manufacturers • for single use • non-sterile • with precise opening of the tip • accurate fitting due to long soft cone • with modified shape of rim and oval recessed grips • high accuracy and reproducibility • easy ejection • 1000 pieces in a poly bag

Cat. No. Capacity Colour Multipack Unit

52 200 09 0.1 - 20 µl crystal 10 x 1000 100052 200 00 5 - 100 µl yellow 25 x 1000 100052 200 01 101 - 1000 µl blue 10 x 1000 1000

▲▲

Reaction vessels • made of polypropylene • good resistance against temperature and chemicals • with graduation • with space for markings • with attached lid for perfect closure • lid’s membrane can be effortlessly penetrated • with round vessel’s bottom for optimized formation of pellets • autoclavable • gamma sterilisable • for single use • 1000 pieces in a poly bag

Cat. No. Capacity Colour Multipack Unit

52 205 01 1.5 ml nature 8 x 1000 1000

Stands for reaction vessels • made of plastic (ABS) • offers space for up to 20 reaction vessels 1.5 ml

Cat. No. Multipack56 602 51 60 ▲

This arrow indicates products that are usually available on short notice.

Page 183: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

182

www.marienfeld-superior.comAlphabetical index

Addition, stopwatches 158Adhesion slides, Prof. Bross 35Adhesive slides HistoBond®, HistoBond®+ 31-32ADPI, centrifuge tubes 73Alcoholometers 156Aluminium pans 154Annealing dishes, porcelain 144Aquarium jars, glass 138Aspirator bottles, glass 135Automatic burettes, Dr. Schilling 105Bang, microburettes 106Bases for microburettes Bang 106Beads, glass 152Beakers, brushes 113Beakers, glass, polypropylene 112-113Bellows, rubber, for Pellet burettes 104Bench-top racks for Transferpette® 172Bench-top racks for Transferpette® S 174Bijou bottles 47Blade stirrers for overhead stirrers 167Blood counting chambers 58-59Blood diluting pipettes 63Blood gas capillary tubes 72Blood grouping slides 37Blood lancets, safety lancets 68Blood picture counter Cellcounter 62Blood sedimentation pipettes, Westergren 67Blood sedimentation stands, Westergren 67Blow-out graduated pipettes 88Boats, combustion, porcelain 144Boerner, staining plates 38Bossheads, double 166Bottles, aspirator 135Bottles, Bijou 47Bottles, dropping 132,134Bottles, filtering, glass 122Bottles, for dispensers 170Bottles, gas washing, Drechsel 108Bottles, McCartney 47Bottles, oxygen, Winkler 108Bottles, pathological 47Bottles, reagent, glass 136Bottles, reagent, polypropylene 131Bottles, reservoir, for burettes Pellet 103Bottles, round shoulder, glass 137Bottles, specific gravity 107Bottles, storage, polyethylene 135Bottles, thread, Duran GLS 80 127Bottles, thread, glass, polyethylene 128 -129Bottles, universal 47Bottles, washing, polyethylene 130Bottles, weighing 154Bottletop-dispensers 171Boxes, storing, for slides 44Bridges, staining, plexiglass 41Bross, adhesion slides 35Brushes for beakers 113Brushes for burettes 104Brushes for cylinders 94Brushes for flasks 125Brushes for pipettes 90Brushes for test tubes 76Buechner funnels, porcelain 144Bunsen burners 155Bunsen funnels 118Burettes, Bang 106Burettes, Daffert 105Burettes, Dr. Schilling 105Burettes, Mohr 100 -101Burettes, Pellet 102 -103Burettes, reservoirs 103Burettes, clamps and stands 104Bürker, Bürker-Türk, counting chambers 59

Burners, all gas type 155Capillary tubes, blood gas 72Capillary tubes, melting point determination 70Capillary tubes, microhaematocrits 71Caps, for test tubes Labocap 77Cassettes, embedding 48-49Cellcounters, blood picture counter 62Centrifuge tubes 73Chemical thermometers 157Clamps, for burettes 104Clamps, for standard ground joints 103Closure caps for blood gas tubes 72Collars, plastic, for cylinders 94Combustion boats, porcelain 144Comparator tubes 65Coplin, staining jars 39Counters, hand tally 159Counting chambers, blood cells 58-59Counting chambers, Howard, McMaster 60-61Counting chambers, Sedgewick Rafter 61Counting chambers, special depth (Petroff) 60Counting grids, various 52-56Cover glass forceps 19Cover glasses, for haemacytometers 19Cover glasses, for Howard chambers 60Cover glasses, for McMaster chambers 61Cover glasses, for Sedgewick Rafter 61Cover glasses, thickness 0.4 mm 19Cover glasses, No. 0, 1.5 and 2 17Cover glasses, No. 1 14-15Cover glasses, No. 1, ounces 18Cover glasses, No. 1.5H 16Cover glasses, siliconized 15Cover glasses, lifter 18Crucible tongs, stainless steel 140Crucibles, porcelain 142Crystallizing dishes, glass 139Cylinders, for urinometers 78Cylinders, graduated 92-94Cylinders, mixing 95Cylinders, Nessler 95Daffert, burettes 105Desiccators 123Diamonds, glass writing 30Digi-Timers 159Discs, for desiccators, porcelain 123Dishes, aluminium 154Dishes, annealing, porcelain 144Dishes, crystallizing, glass 139Dishes, evaporating, glass 140Dishes, evaporating, porcelain 141Dishes, Petri 45Dispensers, bottle-top & flasks 170-171Dispensers, for Parafilm® ”M” 150Dispensers, for slides 41Distilling apparatus 161Drechsel, gas washing bottles 108Dressing jars 138Drigalski, spatula 46Dropping bottles, glass 132-134Dropping bottles, polyethylene 131Dropping pipettes 65Drying racks, polystyrene 145Durham tubes 74Embedding cassettes 48- 49Embedding medium Histofluid 20End-to-end micropipettes 69Erlenmeyer flasks, various 114 -115ESR tubes Westergren 67Evaporating dishes 140-141Filter funnels 119Filter papers, round and folded 148 -149Flasks, brushes 125

Flasks, Erlenmeyer 114-115Flasks, filtering, glass 122Flasks, flat & round bottom 116-117Flasks, laboratory, ISO 124-125Flasks, laboratory, square 127Flasks, tongs 118Flasks, volumetric 97-98Forceps for cover glasses 19Fuchs-Rosenthal, counting chambers 59Fuchs-Rosenthal, haemacytometers 62Funnels, Buechner, porcelain 144Funnels, Bunsen, glass 118Funnels, filter 119Funnels, separatory 120 -121Gas washing bottles, Drechsel 108Gay-Lussac, specific gravity bottles 107Glass beads 152Glass writing diamonds 30Glass markers permanent 30Graduated cylinders 92-94Graduated pipettes, disposable 88Graduated pipettes, glass 86-88Griffin type beakers 113Ground joint stoppers 99Haemacytometer cover glasses 19Haemacytometers 62Haematocrit tubes Wintrobe 67Haemoglobin pipettes acc. to Sahli 64Haemometers acc. to Sahli 65Hand tally counters 159HandyStep® 177HandyStep® electronic 178Hausser/Gedigk, staining jars 40Heads for gas washing bottles 108Hellendahl, staining jars 38HistoBond®, HistoBond®+ slides 31-32Histofluid, mounting medium 20Holders, for test tubes 76Howard, counting chambers 60Imhoff, cones and stands 109Information, counting chambers 52-58Information, color code pipettes 82Information, cover glasses 13Information, micro slides 22-23Information, porcelain 141Inoculation loops, polystyrene 46Interval timers 159ISO bottles, glass 124Jars, aquarium 138Jars, dressing 138Jars, staining 39- 40Jars, urinometer 78Jugs, measuring 113Kolle, needle holders 46Labocap, test tube caps 77Laboratory bottles, ISO 124-126Laboratory bottles, square 127Laboratory marker 30Laboratory stirrers overhead 164-167Lancets, blood, safety 68LCP Sandwich set 34Lead rings 118Lids for urine caps 79Loops for needle holders Kolle 46Macro pipetting controller 90Magnetic stirrers, laboratory use 163Magnetic stirring bars & retrievers 162Mailers, for slides 42Mailing boxes, for containers 47Mailing containers, pathology use 47Malassez, counting chambers 59Malassez-Potain, blood diluting pipettes 63Markers, laboratory 30

Page 184: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

183

www.marienfeld-superior.comAlphabetical index

Maxima-Minima thermometers 156McCartney, bottles 47McMaster, counting chambers 61Measuring jugs, polypropylene 113Measuring scoops, polypropylene 154Medicine glasses 145Melting point determination tubes 70Micro pipettors 69Microburettes, Bang 106Microflocculation plates 38Microhaematocrit capillary tubes 71Micropipettes, end-to-end 69Micropipettes, with ring mark 69Microscope cover glasses 14 -18Microscope slides, adhesion, Prof. Bross 35Microscope slides, blood grouping 37Microscope slides, boxes of 72 pcs. 26Microscope slides, clipped corners 25Microscope slides, dispensers 41Microscope slides, HistoBond®, 31Microscope slides, HistoBond®+ 32Microscope slides, preparation boards 43Microscope slides, racks 41Microscope slides, special sizes 27Microscope slides, standard 24Microscope slides, storing boxes 44Microscope slides, tropical packing 26Microscope slides, UniMark® 28Microscope slides, with cavities 27Microscope slides, with printed rings 27Microscope slides, with PTFE mask 36Microscope slides, with reaction wells 36Mixing cylinders 95Mohr, burettes 100 -101Mortars, glass, porcelain 140,143Mounting medium Histofluid 20Mouthpieces for blood diluting pipettes 64Nageotte, counting chambers 59Needle holders, Kolle 46Nessler, cylinders 95Neubauer, counting chambers 59Neubauer-improved, counting chambers 59Neubauer-improved, haemacytometer 62Oxygen bottles acc. to Winkler 118Pans, aluminium 154Parafilm® M, sealing film 151Pasteboards, preparation 43Pasteur pipettes 66Pathological vials 47Pellet, titration apparatus 102-103Permanent marker 30Pestles, porcelain 143Petri dishes, glass, polystyrene 45Petroff, counting chambers special depth 60Pipette tips, various 180-181Pipettes, blood diluting 63Pipettes, blood sedimentation 67Pipettes, brushes 90Pipettes, dropping 65Pipettes, graduated, disposable 88Pipettes, graduated, glass 86-88Pipettes, micro-, with ring mark 69Pipettes, Pasteur, glass 66Pipettes, racks 90Pipettes, transfer, polyethylene 66Pipettes, volumetric 84-85Pipetting aids, for micro pipettes 69Pipetting aids, for Pasteur pipettes 66Pipetting aids, for pipettes 90Pipetting fillers 89Plastic collars, for cylinders 94Plates, microflocculation 38Plates, staining, Boerner 38

Pocket thermometers 157Pouring rings for laboratory bottles 124,126Precision Dispenser-Tips 176Precision cover glasses No. 1.5H 16Preparation pasteboards & tables 43Propeller stirrers 167Pumps, water jet filter 122Pycnometers 107Racks, drying 145Racks, for pipettes 90Racks, for reaction vessels 181Racks, for sedimentation cones 109Racks, for slides 41Racks, for test tubes 76Reaction vessels 181Reagent bottles, glass 136Reagent bottles, polypropylene 131Reservoir bottles for burettes Pellet 103Retrievers, stirring bar 162Rods, stirring, glass 152Round bottom flasks 116Round shoulder bottles 137Rubber bellows/bulbs for Pellet burettes 104Rubber bulbs for pipettes 89Rubber teats for dropping pipettes 65Rubber teats for Pasteur pipettes 66Rubber tubings for blood diluting pipettes 64Safety lancets 68Safety washing bottles 130Sahli, haemoglobin pipettes 64Sahli, haemometers 65Schiefferdecker, staining jars 39Schilling, automatic burettes 105Scoops, measuring, polypropylene 154Screw caps for thread bottles 128 -129Screw caps for laboratory bottles, ISO 124,126Screw caps with bent delivery tube 130Sealing film Parafilm® M 151Sealing wax plates for capillary tubes 71Sedgewick Rafter, counting chambers 61Sedimentation cones, Imhoff 109Separatory funnels, conical, Squibb 120-121Shakers, for test tubes 77Shakers, laboratory 160Sight glasses, blue 153Slide mailers 42Sockets for spirit lamps 156Spatula, Drigalski 46Specific gravity bottles 107Spirit lamps 156Square bottles, laboratory 127Squibb, separatory funnels 121Squibb, urinometers 78Staining bridges, plexiglass 41Staining jars, Coplin 39Staining jars, Haussser/Gedigk 40Staining jars, Hellendahl 38Staining jars, Schiefferdecker 39Staining jars, with trays 40Staining plates, various 37-38Staining trays, PVC 41Stands, Westergren 67Stands, for burettes 104Stands, for laboratory stirrers 166Stands, for reaction vessels 181Stands, for sedimentation cones 109Stands, for test tubes 76Stirrer blades, for overhead stirrers 167Stirrers, for blood gas capillary tubes 72Stirrers, overhead, laboratory 164-165Stirring bars, magnetic 162Stirring rods, glass 152Stool containers 79

Stoppers, ground joint 99Stopwatches 158Storage bottles, polyethylene 135Storing boxes, for slides 44Sugar analysis flasks 98Surface protection paper LabSorb 150Swivel roller mixers 163Table timers 158Tables, preparation 43Teclu burners 155Test tubes 74Test tubes, brushes 76Test tubes, caps Labocap 77Test tubes, Durham 74Test tubes, holders 76Test tubes, racks 76Test tubes, shakers 77Test tubes, stands 76Test tubes, with screw cap 75Thermometers, chemical 157Thermometers, Maxima-Minima 156Thermometers, pocket 157Thoma, blood diluting pipettes 63Thoma, counting chambers 59Thoma new, counting chambers 59Thread bottles, glass 128, 132Thread bottles, polyethylene 129Timers, various 157-158Tips, pipette 180-181Titration apparatus, Pellet 102-103Tongs, for beakers and flasks 112,118Tongs, for crucibles 140Transfer pipettes, polyethylene 66Transferpette® single & multi channel 172-173Transferpette® S and S -8/-12 174-175Tripods 155Tubes, Westergren 67Tubes, for microhaematocrits 71Tubes, centrifuge 73Tubes, comparator 65Tubes, Durham 74Tubes, melting point determination 70Tubes, test, various 74-75Tubes, Wintrobe 67Tubings, for blood diluting pipettes 64UniMark® microscope slides 28Universal bottles, pathological 47Universal timers 159Urinals, polypropylene 78Urine beakers & lids 79Urinometer jars 78Urinometers, Vogel, Squibb 78V.D.R.L. Plates 38V.D.R.L. shakers 160Vials, pathological 47Vogel, urinometers 78Volumetric flasks, glass 96-97Volumetric flasks, polyethylene 98Volumetric flasks, sugar analysis 98Volumetric pipettes 84-85Washing bottles, polyethylene 130Watch glasses 153Water jet filter pumps 122Wax plates for capillary tubes 71Weighing bottles 154Westergren, blood sedimenation tubes 67Westergren, blood sedimentation stands 67Wicks for spirit lamps 156Wide neck thread bottles, GLS 80 127Winkler, oxygen bottles 108Wintrobe, haematocrit tubes 67Wire gauzes 155Writing diamonds 30

Page 185: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

184

www.marienfeld-superior.comNumber index

01 xxx xx 14-1803 330 01 - 03 350 01 60-6103 360 00 6103 500 00 - 03 620 00 1906 100 10 - 06 304 30 59-6206 400 10 - 06 408 31 5906 420 10 - 06 421 10 6006 500 xx 5807 030 01 - 07 045 07 2808 000 00 - 08 104 51 31-3208 900 03 3409 000 00 - 09 061 00 3510 000 00 - 10 002 00 2410 000 04 – 10 002 04 2610 002 04 2610 004 12 - 10 006 12 2410 004 14 – 10 006 14 2610 008 12 - 10 009 12 2510 010 02 - 10 016 12 2510 050 00 - 10 052 00 2410 054 12 - 10 056 12 2410 100 00 - 10 102 00 2410 104 12 - 10 106 12 2410 154 12 - 10 156 12 2410 304 18 - 10 306 18 2611 000 20 - 11 004 20 2712 151 xx - 12 2xx x2 3613 200 00 - 13 202 02 2714 055 00 - 14 232 13 3716 131 00 2717 040 10 - 17 250 10 15318 000 00 - 18 000 02 3818 000 03 3718 000 08 - 18 000 10 15318 000 24 4619 xxx xx 87, 8820 xxx xx 84, 8521 xxx xx - 21 261 xx 92, 9321 8xx xx - 22 xxx xx 94, 9523 220 xx - 23 333 xx 96, 97, 9824 020 xx - 24 320 xx 100, 10125 020 01 - 25 231 31 102, 10326 004 xx - 26 010 xx 10526 300 xx - 26 510 xx 105, 10627 020 00 - 27 260 00 10728 000 00 - 28 000 03 10928 000 11 - 28 000 15 9529 000 00 - 29 010 02 7129 101 09 - 29 402 xx 69, 7029 513 00 - 29 513 05 7229 604 08 6929 604 09 - 29 604 15 71, 7230 010 17 - 31 044 65 156, 15732 020 00 - 32 090 00 6332 310 00 6732 330 xx - 32 340 xx 6632 380 58 - 32 420 62 6732 430 00 - 32 460 35 64, 6532 640 00 - 32 650 00 6332 660 35 6432 670 62 - 32 680 62 6733 000 xx 7834 003 00 - 34 016 00 4535 000 30 - 35 111 00 118, 11936 020 xx - 36 051 xx 13636 063 xx - 36 072 xx 125, 12636 075 xx - 36 076 xx 12436 100 04 - 36 111 06 13436 120 00 - 36 150 02 4736 165 xx 13536 180 xx 10836 190 09 - 36 191 09 103

36 206 06 - 36 207 10 17036 235 xx 12236 520 04 - 36 531 09 13736 550 xx - 36 561 xx 12836 592 xx - 36 652 xx 127, 13237 003 18 - 37 378 62 74, 7539 000 22 - 39 495 11 7340 100 xx 6541 100 xx - 41 101 xx 11241 102 xx - 41 103 xx 11441 104 xx - 41 107 xx 116, 11741 218 xx 11442 000 00 - 42 000 01 3842 000 02 - 42 000 03 3942 000 04 – 42 00 13 4042 009 03 - 42 010 03 15642 012 xx 14042 014 xx - 42 016 xx 12342 041 xx - 42 051 xx 13842 052 00 14542 103 xx 14042 104 xx - 42 105 xx 13942 711 xx 15643 103 02 - 43 106 13 11543 115 03 - 43 126 13 116, 11744 xxx xx 120, 12145 xxx xx 15448 002 xx 10848 200 xx 99, 11548 203 03 - 48 205 03 10849 010 xx - 49 040 xx 15251 077 xx 17651 135 xx 17251 136 xx 17451 137 xx 17351 138 00 17751 139 xx 17851 140 xx – 51 141 xx 17551 211 xx 17251 212 xx 17452 001 02 7552 007 xx 4552 028 xx 8852 030 xx 4652 108 xx 6652 114 xx 7952 200 00 - 52 205 01 180,18152 214 01 – 52 216 03 7952 217 00 14552 232 xx 4752 525 xx - 52 531 xx 48, 4953 250 xx - 53 260 xx 17154 013 xx 129, 130, 13154 021 xx 9954 022 xx - 54 025 xx 129, 13054 028 xx 13154 033 xx 12954 119 xx 13554 156 xx - 54 160 xx 13154 161 09 7854 201 xx - 54 447 xx 124, 12654 574 xx 12854 599 xx 132, 13355 001 xx 9355 006 xx 9855 011 xx - 55 017 xx 11355 020 xx 8955 021 xx 8556 000 03 3956 000 65 - 56 100 67 4256 101 xx 7656 100 22 44

56 101 xx 9056 103 00 14556 200 xx 4456 300 04 4156 500 00 3856 600 40 4156 602 51 18156 800 05 - 56 800 07 4157 000 xx - 57 004 xx 16258 110 xx 11558 151 xx 9458 275 00 9058 310 xx 15458 330 xx 6458 365 xx 10358 389 00 15058 410 xx 9058 680 xx 11958 770 00 12259 000 xx 8959 010 00 10459 020 xx 65, 6659 030 xx 6459 230 01 1860 xxx xx 43, 4461 203 00 3061 306 03 3062 050 xx 90, 9462 100 29 10462 280 xx 7662 430 xx 113, 12563 110 xx - 63 901 xx 158, 15965 300 10 10965 641 20 - 65 690 10 7666 020 xx - 66 022 xx 7766 049 00 15466 060 01 11266 071 xx 11866 090 xx 15566 100 xx 10466 110 00 4066 131 xx - 66 152 xx 15566 180 xx - 4066 220 00 10666 240 00 4666 260 02 11866 280 00 16666 300 00 4666 330 02 1966 413 xx 16766 474 00 - 66 476 01 104, 16666 506 xx 14067 166 03 - 67 168 09 14867 230 02 15067 588 12 - 67 593 16 148, 14968 304 xx - 68 306 xx 14168 305 xx 14468 315 xx 14468 330 xx 12368 350 xx - 68 360 xx 14368 368 01 14468 370 xx - 68 380 70 14269 000 02 2071 000 xx 15971 100 02 - 71 400 03 6272 040 07 7772 040 xx – 72 141 xx 160, 161, 16372 240 02 16172 042 xx – 72 142 xx 77, 164, 16573 002 00 - 73 007 xx 6874 xxx xx 15179 110 13 47

Page 186: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

1. General,collidingconditions, collateralagreementsinwriting 1.1 TheseConditionsofSaleareapplicabletoallourdeliveriesofgoodsorservices.1.2 In case of discrepancy between the EnglishtextandtheGermantextthelatershallprevail.1.3 We repudiate other conditions of the buyerwithoutexplicitobjection.1.4 Allotheragreementsdifferingfromthesecon-ditionsbecomevalidonlyaftertheywereconfirmedinwriting.1.5 For delivery within 5 working days or ordervalues up to 500 €, we reserve the right to shipand invoice immediately without separate orderconfirmation.

2.Placeofperformance,courtofjurisdiction,governinglawchosen2.1 Placeofperformance fordeliveriesandpay-mentsisourplantinLauda-Königshofen.2.2 CourtofjurisdictionforalllitigationsisTauber-bischofsheim.However, we also reserve the rightto take legalproceedingsagainst thebuyerathisplaceofdomicile.2.3 The formation, interpretation and operationof this contract will be subject to German Law,exclusive of the United Nations International Lawof the11thofApril1980aboutcontracts for inter-nationalsaleofgoods.

3. Offers 3.1 Ouroffersarewithoutengagement.3.2 Wereservetherighttomaketechnicalaltera-tionstotheofferedproducts.

4. Risk,Conditionsofdelivery4.1 After the goods have left our company theriskofdamagepassesontothebuyer.Incasethegoodsaretobecollectedbythebuyeratourpremi-sestheriskspassontothebuyerafterweadvisedthebuyerthatthegoodsarereadyforcollection.4.2 Deliverieswillbeeffectedexfactory.Freight,packingandinsurancewillbebornebythebuyerunlessweagreeddifferentlyinwriting.4.3 Partialdeliveriesarepermissibleiftheyarenotexpressivelyforbidden.

5. Deliveriesofexcessandshortagequantities5.1 Deliveriesofexcessandshortagequantitiesof±15%(forspecialproduction±25%)oftheorderedquantityarepermissibleandhave tobeacceptedbythebuyer.Thebuyerhastopayfortheactuallydeliveredquantity.

6. Takingbackpackingmaterial6.1 We take back returned packing material inaccordancewiththeeffectiverules.6.2 Thebuyerbearsallcostforreturninganddis-posalofpackingmaterial.

7. Non-acceptance7.1 Ifthebuyerfailstoacceptthedeliveryorcoll-ectof thegoodswithin3daysofnotice inwritingthatthegoodsarereadyfordeliverythebuyershallbeliableforallstoragecostandothercharges.Weareentitledwithoutprejudicetoourotherrightstoresellorotherwisedisposeofthegoods.7.2 Weareentitled toclaimdamagesofat least25%ofthevalueoftheinvoiceunlessweproveahigherdamage.

8. Ordersoncall8.1 Thebuyerhastocalloffandacceptdeliveriesinapproximatelyequalquantitiesthelatestwithin6monthsafterthedateoforderconfirmationunlessotherwiseagreedinwriting.

9. Deliverydates9.1 Delivery times quoted are approximate onlyandbeginafteralltechnicaldetailsareclearedandagreedpaymentsarereceivedonouraccount.9.2 Wehavemetthedateofdeliveryassoonasthegoodshaveleftourpremisesorthebuyerhasbeennotifiedthatgoodsarereadyfordispatch.

9.3 Operating troubles and incidents of forcemajeure prolong our delivery time accordingly ordischarge us from our engagement in case theypreventusfromexecutinganorder.9.4 Our default in delivery shall not exist unlesstheCustomerhasprovideduswithawarningandan indicated reasonable additional period of timehaslapsed.9.5 Weassume the liability for damages causedby default only in case of our purpose or grossnegligence.Any liability is limited to thenet valueofthegoods.

10. Custom-madeproducts10.1Custom-made products which are producedaccording to the buyer’s instructions, drawings orsampleswhichwereapprovedbythebuyercannotbereturnedtous.Allproductspackedinboxeswithnon-standardprintingorwithotherthanourlogoareconsideredtobecustom-madeproducts.10.2The buyer shall accept surplus or shortagequantities of ± 25% of the ordered quantity. Thebuyerhastopayfortheactuallydeliveredquantity.

11. Tools11.1Tools,mouldsorotherequipmentremainsourproperty even if the buyer has paid for their costwhollyorinpart.

12. Copyrightprotection12.1Thebuyershallbeliablethatproductsmanu-facturedaccordingtoitsinstructionsdonotinfringeanyprotectiverightsofanythirdparty.12.2Alldamagescausedbyinfringementsshallbebornbythebuyer.13. Minimumordervalueandminimumquantities13.1Theminimumordervalueis50.-Euro.13.2For order values less than 125.- Euro wechargeanadditionalfeeof25.-Euro.13.3Delivery is generally made in packing unitsaccordingtothevalidprice-list.Normally,thisunitistheminimumorderquantityalso.13.4Weinvoicethepricesvalidonthedateofdis-patch.

14. Termsofpayment14.1OurinvoicesaredueinEuroandwithoutanydeduction or charges at our account on the datespecified in the invoice. Decisive is the date onwhichthepaymentsarereceivedonouraccount.

15. Defaultofpayment15.1Ifthebuyerfailstomakeanypaymentonduedate, then all his outstanding debits become dueimmediatelyandweareentitledtocancelthecon-tractorsuspendanyfurtherdeliveriestothebuyer.That applies also for the buyer’s checks or draftswhichcannotbecashedor incaseof thebuyer’sinsolvency.15.2We have the right to charge the buyer inte-restontheamountunpaid.Interestwillbechargedat a rate of 5% per annum above the respectivereference interest rate of the European CentralBank. We reserve the right to demand compen-sation of further cost caused by the buyer inconnectionwiththecontract.

16. Returnofgoods16.1The buyer has to ask our assent beforereturninganygoods.16.2If we agree to the return of faultless goodsthebuyerhastopayahandlingchargeof15%ofthevalueofthegoods(minimum10€)ascompen-sationforthehandlingofthereturnedgoods.

17. Pricechanges17.1We reserve the right to adjust our prices incase of unforeseen increases in cost caused byincreasedcostofmaterial,energyorduties.

18. Reservationofproprietaryrights18.1(Reservation of proprietary rights) The deli-veredproducts shall remainourpropertyand titleshallbewithhelduntilallproductshavebeenfullyandunconditionallypaidfor.18.2(Prolongedreservation)Thebuyermayneitherconsumeproductsdeliveredconditionallynorcom-bine them with other items to which third partieshave rights. The buyermay process or resell theproducts in the normal course of business only ifclaimsarisingfromtheresalehavenotbeenassi-gned,pledged,attachedorotherwiseencumberedor are liable to be offset against counterclaims.Thebuyer shall assign to us in advance, any ac-countsreceivablearisingfromthesaleofproductsdelivered conditionally and of newly constitutedproducts to the amount of the invoice for theproductsdeliveredconditionally.18.3Thebuyermayhavetheaccountsreceivablefor products delivered conditionally or under jointownership as per clauses 18.1 and 18.2 sold orfactoredonlyiftheFactorisawareoftheadvanceassignmentofclaimstousandiftheFactortrans-fers payments received directly to us. Pledges ortransferencesofproductsorclaimsassignedtousortowhichweretainthetitlearenotallowed.Thebuyer is required to immediately informusof anyaccess, confiscation or any other disposition of athirdpartywithregardtoproductsdelivered.18.4Weshallbeentitled,atanytimeafteradefaultof payment has beenmade by the buyer on anypaymentby theduedate, to require thebuyerbywritten notice to place at our disposal any goodstowhichtitlehasbeenreservedbyusundertheseconditionsany topayover tousanyproceedsofsale inrespectofgoodswhichhavebeensoldbytheagentforus.Anyactionsotakenbyusshallnotprejudiceourrightseitherwithrespecttothegoodsconcernedoranyothergoodsorwithrespecttoouractionfortheprice.18.5In the case of sales in countries where theright of ownership doesnot have the sameeffectas inGerman law, thegoods remainpropertyun-tilallcontractualobligationsofthesalehavebeenfulfilled,andallpaymentshavebeenmade.18.6If the right of ownership does not have thesameeffectas inGerman lawbut the reservationofother rightsover thegoods ispermissible, thenwehavetheauthoritytoexercisetheserights.Thebuyer must be prepared to co-operate with anymeasureswetakefortheprotectionofourrightofownership,ortheequivalentrighttothegoods.

19. Warranty19.1Theentireliabilityofthesellerunderorincon-nectionwiththecontractshallnotexceedthepriceofthegoodsorservices.19.2The buyer’s right to warranty for consum-ablespresupposesthatthegoodshavebeenused,storedandtransportedduly.Incasethebuyerdoesnot comply with these duties about handling thegoodsanywarrantyexpires.19.3The warranty for consumables ends on thesell-bydategivenorthelatest12monthsafterthedateoftheinvoice.19.4Anyclaimhastobemadeinwritingdetailingexactlytheclaimedfault.19.5No warranty is given that the goods aresuitable for any particular or special purpose orfor use in connection with any equipment unlessexpresslyconfirmedbyusinwriting.

Lauda-Koenigshofen,GermanyJuly2010

ConditionsofSaleofPaulMarienfeldGmbH&Co.KG

Page 187: 11 Catalogue.pdf · pany moved to Baden-Württemberg and nowadays we distribute ... Please note that our Conditions of Sale at the end of this catalogue form ... fotolia · U

Paul Marienfeld GmbH & Co. KGAm Wöllerspfad 4

97922 Lauda-KönigshofenGermany

Phone: +49 (0) 9343 6272 - 0Fax: +49 (0) 9343 6272 - 25

E-mail: [email protected]: www.marienfeld-superior.com

Partners for life

11